~ [ source navigation ] ~ [ diff markup ] ~ [ identifier search ] ~

TOMOYO Linux Cross Reference
Linux/Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst

Version: ~ [ linux-6.12-rc7 ] ~ [ linux-6.11.7 ] ~ [ linux-6.10.14 ] ~ [ linux-6.9.12 ] ~ [ linux-6.8.12 ] ~ [ linux-6.7.12 ] ~ [ linux-6.6.60 ] ~ [ linux-6.5.13 ] ~ [ linux-6.4.16 ] ~ [ linux-6.3.13 ] ~ [ linux-6.2.16 ] ~ [ linux-6.1.116 ] ~ [ linux-6.0.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.19.17 ] ~ [ linux-5.18.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.17.15 ] ~ [ linux-5.16.20 ] ~ [ linux-5.15.171 ] ~ [ linux-5.14.21 ] ~ [ linux-5.13.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.12.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.11.22 ] ~ [ linux-5.10.229 ] ~ [ linux-5.9.16 ] ~ [ linux-5.8.18 ] ~ [ linux-5.7.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.6.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.5.19 ] ~ [ linux-5.4.285 ] ~ [ linux-5.3.18 ] ~ [ linux-5.2.21 ] ~ [ linux-5.1.21 ] ~ [ linux-5.0.21 ] ~ [ linux-4.20.17 ] ~ [ linux-4.19.323 ] ~ [ linux-4.18.20 ] ~ [ linux-4.17.19 ] ~ [ linux-4.16.18 ] ~ [ linux-4.15.18 ] ~ [ linux-4.14.336 ] ~ [ linux-4.13.16 ] ~ [ linux-4.12.14 ] ~ [ linux-4.11.12 ] ~ [ linux-4.10.17 ] ~ [ linux-4.9.337 ] ~ [ linux-4.4.302 ] ~ [ linux-3.10.108 ] ~ [ linux-2.6.32.71 ] ~ [ linux-2.6.0 ] ~ [ linux-2.4.37.11 ] ~ [ unix-v6-master ] ~ [ ccs-tools-1.8.12 ] ~ [ policy-sample ] ~
Architecture: ~ [ i386 ] ~ [ alpha ] ~ [ m68k ] ~ [ mips ] ~ [ ppc ] ~ [ sparc ] ~ [ sparc64 ] ~

Diff markup

Differences between /Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst (Version linux-6.12-rc7) and /Documentation/sound/kernel-api/writing-an-alsa-driver.rst (Version linux-5.4.285)


  1 ======================                              1 ======================
  2 Writing an ALSA Driver                              2 Writing an ALSA Driver
  3 ======================                              3 ======================
  4                                                     4 
  5 :Author: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>                5 :Author: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
  6                                                     6 
  7 Preface                                             7 Preface
  8 =======                                             8 =======
  9                                                     9 
 10 This document describes how to write an `ALSA      10 This document describes how to write an `ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound
 11 Architecture) <http://www.alsa-project.org/>`_     11 Architecture) <http://www.alsa-project.org/>`__ driver. The document
 12 focuses mainly on PCI soundcards. In the case      12 focuses mainly on PCI soundcards. In the case of other device types, the
 13 API might be different, too. However, at least     13 API might be different, too. However, at least the ALSA kernel API is
 14 consistent, and therefore it would be still a      14 consistent, and therefore it would be still a bit help for writing them.
 15                                                    15 
 16 This document targets people who already have      16 This document targets people who already have enough C language skills
 17 and have basic linux kernel programming knowle     17 and have basic linux kernel programming knowledge. This document doesn't
 18 explain the general topic of linux kernel codi     18 explain the general topic of linux kernel coding and doesn't cover
 19 low-level driver implementation details. It on     19 low-level driver implementation details. It only describes the standard
 20 way to write a PCI sound driver on ALSA.           20 way to write a PCI sound driver on ALSA.
 21                                                    21 
                                                   >>  22 This document is still a draft version. Any feedback and corrections,
                                                   >>  23 please!!
                                                   >>  24 
 22 File Tree Structure                                25 File Tree Structure
 23 ===================                                26 ===================
 24                                                    27 
 25 General                                            28 General
 26 -------                                            29 -------
 27                                                    30 
 28 The file tree structure of ALSA driver is depi !!  31 The file tree structure of ALSA driver is depicted below.
                                                   >>  32 
                                                   >>  33 ::
 29                                                    34 
 30             sound                                  35             sound
 31                     /core                          36                     /core
 32                             /oss                   37                             /oss
 33                             /seq                   38                             /seq
 34                                     /oss           39                                     /oss
 35                     /include                       40                     /include
 36                     /drivers                       41                     /drivers
 37                             /mpu401                42                             /mpu401
 38                             /opl3                  43                             /opl3
 39                     /i2c                           44                     /i2c
 40                     /synth                         45                     /synth
 41                             /emux                  46                             /emux
 42                     /pci                           47                     /pci
 43                             /(cards)               48                             /(cards)
 44                     /isa                           49                     /isa
 45                             /(cards)               50                             /(cards)
 46                     /arm                           51                     /arm
 47                     /ppc                           52                     /ppc
 48                     /sparc                         53                     /sparc
 49                     /usb                           54                     /usb
 50                     /pcmcia /(cards)               55                     /pcmcia /(cards)
 51                     /soc                           56                     /soc
 52                     /oss                           57                     /oss
 53                                                    58 
 54                                                    59 
 55 core directory                                     60 core directory
 56 --------------                                     61 --------------
 57                                                    62 
 58 This directory contains the middle layer which     63 This directory contains the middle layer which is the heart of ALSA
 59 drivers. In this directory, the native ALSA mo     64 drivers. In this directory, the native ALSA modules are stored. The
 60 sub-directories contain different modules and      65 sub-directories contain different modules and are dependent upon the
 61 kernel config.                                     66 kernel config.
 62                                                    67 
 63 core/oss                                           68 core/oss
 64 ~~~~~~~~                                           69 ~~~~~~~~
 65                                                    70 
 66 The code for OSS PCM and mixer emulation modul !!  71 The codes for PCM and mixer OSS emulation modules are stored in this
 67 directory. The OSS rawmidi emulation is includ !!  72 directory. The rawmidi OSS emulation is included in the ALSA rawmidi
 68 code since it's quite small. The sequencer cod     73 code since it's quite small. The sequencer code is stored in
 69 ``core/seq/oss`` directory (see `below <core/s !!  74 ``core/seq/oss`` directory (see `below <#core-seq-oss>`__).
 70                                                    75 
 71 core/seq                                           76 core/seq
 72 ~~~~~~~~                                           77 ~~~~~~~~
 73                                                    78 
 74 This directory and its sub-directories are for     79 This directory and its sub-directories are for the ALSA sequencer. This
 75 directory contains the sequencer core and prim     80 directory contains the sequencer core and primary sequencer modules such
 76 as snd-seq-midi, snd-seq-virmidi, etc. They ar !!  81 like snd-seq-midi, snd-seq-virmidi, etc. They are compiled only when
 77 ``CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER`` is set in the kernel      82 ``CONFIG_SND_SEQUENCER`` is set in the kernel config.
 78                                                    83 
 79 core/seq/oss                                       84 core/seq/oss
 80 ~~~~~~~~~~~~                                       85 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
 81                                                    86 
 82 This contains the OSS sequencer emulation code !!  87 This contains the OSS sequencer emulation codes.
 83                                                    88 
 84 include directory                                  89 include directory
 85 -----------------                                  90 -----------------
 86                                                    91 
 87 This is the place for the public header files      92 This is the place for the public header files of ALSA drivers, which are
 88 to be exported to user-space, or included by s !!  93 to be exported to user-space, or included by several files at different
 89 directories. Basically, the private header fil     94 directories. Basically, the private header files should not be placed in
 90 this directory, but you may still find files t     95 this directory, but you may still find files there, due to historical
 91 reasons :)                                         96 reasons :)
 92                                                    97 
 93 drivers directory                                  98 drivers directory
 94 -----------------                                  99 -----------------
 95                                                   100 
 96 This directory contains code shared among diff    101 This directory contains code shared among different drivers on different
 97 architectures. They are hence supposed not to     102 architectures. They are hence supposed not to be architecture-specific.
 98 For example, the dummy PCM driver and the seri !! 103 For example, the dummy pcm driver and the serial MIDI driver are found
 99 in this directory. In the sub-directories, the    104 in this directory. In the sub-directories, there is code for components
100 which are independent from bus and cpu archite    105 which are independent from bus and cpu architectures.
101                                                   106 
102 drivers/mpu401                                    107 drivers/mpu401
103 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                    108 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
104                                                   109 
105 The MPU401 and MPU401-UART modules are stored     110 The MPU401 and MPU401-UART modules are stored here.
106                                                   111 
107 drivers/opl3 and opl4                             112 drivers/opl3 and opl4
108 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                             113 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
109                                                   114 
110 The OPL3 and OPL4 FM-synth stuff is found here    115 The OPL3 and OPL4 FM-synth stuff is found here.
111                                                   116 
112 i2c directory                                     117 i2c directory
113 -------------                                     118 -------------
114                                                   119 
115 This contains the ALSA i2c components.            120 This contains the ALSA i2c components.
116                                                   121 
117 Although there is a standard i2c layer on Linu    122 Although there is a standard i2c layer on Linux, ALSA has its own i2c
118 code for some cards, because the soundcard nee    123 code for some cards, because the soundcard needs only a simple operation
119 and the standard i2c API is too complicated fo    124 and the standard i2c API is too complicated for such a purpose.
120                                                   125 
121 synth directory                                   126 synth directory
122 ---------------                                   127 ---------------
123                                                   128 
124 This contains the synth middle-level modules.     129 This contains the synth middle-level modules.
125                                                   130 
126 So far, there is only Emu8000/Emu10k1 synth dr    131 So far, there is only Emu8000/Emu10k1 synth driver under the
127 ``synth/emux`` sub-directory.                     132 ``synth/emux`` sub-directory.
128                                                   133 
129 pci directory                                     134 pci directory
130 -------------                                     135 -------------
131                                                   136 
132 This directory and its sub-directories hold th    137 This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules
133 for PCI soundcards and the code specific to th    138 for PCI soundcards and the code specific to the PCI BUS.
134                                                   139 
135 The drivers compiled from a single file are st    140 The drivers compiled from a single file are stored directly in the pci
136 directory, while the drivers with several sour    141 directory, while the drivers with several source files are stored on
137 their own sub-directory (e.g. emu10k1, ice1712    142 their own sub-directory (e.g. emu10k1, ice1712).
138                                                   143 
139 isa directory                                     144 isa directory
140 -------------                                     145 -------------
141                                                   146 
142 This directory and its sub-directories hold th    147 This directory and its sub-directories hold the top-level card modules
143 for ISA soundcards.                               148 for ISA soundcards.
144                                                   149 
145 arm, ppc, and sparc directories                   150 arm, ppc, and sparc directories
146 -------------------------------                   151 -------------------------------
147                                                   152 
148 They are used for top-level card modules which    153 They are used for top-level card modules which are specific to one of
149 these architectures.                              154 these architectures.
150                                                   155 
151 usb directory                                     156 usb directory
152 -------------                                     157 -------------
153                                                   158 
154 This directory contains the USB-audio driver.  !! 159 This directory contains the USB-audio driver. In the latest version, the
155 The USB MIDI driver is integrated in the usb-a !! 160 USB MIDI driver is integrated in the usb-audio driver.
156                                                   161 
157 pcmcia directory                                  162 pcmcia directory
158 ----------------                                  163 ----------------
159                                                   164 
160 The PCMCIA, especially PCCard drivers will go     165 The PCMCIA, especially PCCard drivers will go here. CardBus drivers will
161 be in the pci directory, because their API is     166 be in the pci directory, because their API is identical to that of
162 standard PCI cards.                               167 standard PCI cards.
163                                                   168 
164 soc directory                                     169 soc directory
165 -------------                                     170 -------------
166                                                   171 
167 This directory contains the codes for ASoC (AL    172 This directory contains the codes for ASoC (ALSA System on Chip)
168 layer including ASoC core, codec and machine d    173 layer including ASoC core, codec and machine drivers.
169                                                   174 
170 oss directory                                     175 oss directory
171 -------------                                     176 -------------
172                                                   177 
173 This contains OSS/Lite code.                   !! 178 Here contains OSS/Lite codes.
174 At the time of writing, all code has been remo !! 179 All codes have been deprecated except for dmasound on m68k as of
175 on m68k.                                       !! 180 writing this.
176                                                   181 
177                                                   182 
178 Basic Flow for PCI Drivers                        183 Basic Flow for PCI Drivers
179 ==========================                        184 ==========================
180                                                   185 
181 Outline                                           186 Outline
182 -------                                           187 -------
183                                                   188 
184 The minimum flow for PCI soundcards is as foll    189 The minimum flow for PCI soundcards is as follows:
185                                                   190 
186 -  define the PCI ID table (see the section `P    191 -  define the PCI ID table (see the section `PCI Entries`_).
187                                                   192 
188 -  create ``probe`` callback.                     193 -  create ``probe`` callback.
189                                                   194 
190 -  create ``remove`` callback.                    195 -  create ``remove`` callback.
191                                                   196 
192 -  create a struct pci_driver structure        !! 197 -  create a :c:type:`struct pci_driver <pci_driver>` structure
193    containing the three pointers above.           198    containing the three pointers above.
194                                                   199 
195 -  create an ``init`` function just calling th    200 -  create an ``init`` function just calling the
196    :c:func:`pci_register_driver()` to register    201    :c:func:`pci_register_driver()` to register the pci_driver
197    table defined above.                           202    table defined above.
198                                                   203 
199 -  create an ``exit`` function to call the        204 -  create an ``exit`` function to call the
200    :c:func:`pci_unregister_driver()` function.    205    :c:func:`pci_unregister_driver()` function.
201                                                   206 
202 Full Code Example                                 207 Full Code Example
203 -----------------                                 208 -----------------
204                                                   209 
205 The code example is shown below. Some parts ar    210 The code example is shown below. Some parts are kept unimplemented at
206 this moment but will be filled in the next sec    211 this moment but will be filled in the next sections. The numbers in the
207 comment lines of the :c:func:`snd_mychip_probe    212 comment lines of the :c:func:`snd_mychip_probe()` function refer
208 to details explained in the following section.    213 to details explained in the following section.
209                                                   214 
210 ::                                                215 ::
211                                                   216 
212       #include <linux/init.h>                     217       #include <linux/init.h>
213       #include <linux/pci.h>                      218       #include <linux/pci.h>
214       #include <linux/slab.h>                     219       #include <linux/slab.h>
215       #include <sound/core.h>                     220       #include <sound/core.h>
216       #include <sound/initval.h>                  221       #include <sound/initval.h>
217                                                   222 
218       /* module parameters (see "Module Parame    223       /* module parameters (see "Module Parameters") */
219       /* SNDRV_CARDS: maximum number of cards     224       /* SNDRV_CARDS: maximum number of cards supported by this module */
220       static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DE    225       static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX;
221       static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEF    226       static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR;
222       static bool enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_    227       static bool enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP;
223                                                   228 
224       /* definition of the chip-specific recor    229       /* definition of the chip-specific record */
225       struct mychip {                             230       struct mychip {
226               struct snd_card *card;              231               struct snd_card *card;
227               /* the rest of the implementatio    232               /* the rest of the implementation will be in section
228                * "PCI Resource Management"        233                * "PCI Resource Management"
229                */                                 234                */
230       };                                          235       };
231                                                   236 
232       /* chip-specific destructor                 237       /* chip-specific destructor
233        * (see "PCI Resource Management")          238        * (see "PCI Resource Management")
234        */                                         239        */
235       static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip    240       static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
236       {                                           241       {
237               .... /* will be implemented late    242               .... /* will be implemented later... */
238       }                                           243       }
239                                                   244 
240       /* component-destructor                     245       /* component-destructor
241        * (see "Management of Cards and Compone    246        * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
242        */                                         247        */
243       static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct sn    248       static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device)
244       {                                           249       {
245               return snd_mychip_free(device->d    250               return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data);
246       }                                           251       }
247                                                   252 
248       /* chip-specific constructor                253       /* chip-specific constructor
249        * (see "Management of Cards and Compone    254        * (see "Management of Cards and Components")
250        */                                         255        */
251       static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_    256       static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
252                                    struct pci_    257                                    struct pci_dev *pci,
253                                    struct mych    258                                    struct mychip **rchip)
254       {                                           259       {
255               struct mychip *chip;                260               struct mychip *chip;
256               int err;                            261               int err;
257               static const struct snd_device_o !! 262               static struct snd_device_ops ops = {
258                      .dev_free = snd_mychip_de    263                      .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
259               };                                  264               };
260                                                   265 
261               *rchip = NULL;                      266               *rchip = NULL;
262                                                   267 
263               /* check PCI availability here      268               /* check PCI availability here
264                * (see "PCI Resource Management    269                * (see "PCI Resource Management")
265                */                                 270                */
266               ....                                271               ....
267                                                   272 
268               /* allocate a chip-specific data    273               /* allocate a chip-specific data with zero filled */
269               chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GF    274               chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
270               if (chip == NULL)                   275               if (chip == NULL)
271                       return -ENOMEM;             276                       return -ENOMEM;
272                                                   277 
273               chip->card = card;                  278               chip->card = card;
274                                                   279 
275               /* rest of initialization here;     280               /* rest of initialization here; will be implemented
276                * later, see "PCI Resource Mana    281                * later, see "PCI Resource Management"
277                */                                 282                */
278               ....                                283               ....
279                                                   284 
280               err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV    285               err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
281               if (err < 0) {                      286               if (err < 0) {
282                       snd_mychip_free(chip);      287                       snd_mychip_free(chip);
283                       return err;                 288                       return err;
284               }                                   289               }
285                                                   290 
286               *rchip = chip;                      291               *rchip = chip;
287               return 0;                           292               return 0;
288       }                                           293       }
289                                                   294 
290       /* constructor -- see "Driver Constructo    295       /* constructor -- see "Driver Constructor" sub-section */
291       static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_d    296       static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
292                                   const struct    297                                   const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
293       {                                           298       {
294               static int dev;                     299               static int dev;
295               struct snd_card *card;              300               struct snd_card *card;
296               struct mychip *chip;                301               struct mychip *chip;
297               int err;                            302               int err;
298                                                   303 
299               /* (1) */                           304               /* (1) */
300               if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)             305               if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)
301                       return -ENODEV;             306                       return -ENODEV;
302               if (!enable[dev]) {                 307               if (!enable[dev]) {
303                       dev++;                      308                       dev++;
304                       return -ENOENT;             309                       return -ENOENT;
305               }                                   310               }
306                                                   311 
307               /* (2) */                           312               /* (2) */
308               err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, in    313               err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
309                                  0, &card);       314                                  0, &card);
310               if (err < 0)                        315               if (err < 0)
311                       return err;                 316                       return err;
312                                                   317 
313               /* (3) */                           318               /* (3) */
314               err = snd_mychip_create(card, pc    319               err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);
315               if (err < 0)                        320               if (err < 0)
316                       goto error;                 321                       goto error;
317                                                   322 
318               /* (4) */                           323               /* (4) */
319               strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");    324               strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");
320               strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own     325               strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");
321               sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0    326               sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i",
322                       card->shortname, chip->p    327                       card->shortname, chip->port, chip->irq);
323                                                   328 
324               /* (5) */                           329               /* (5) */
325               .... /* implemented later */        330               .... /* implemented later */
326                                                   331 
327               /* (6) */                           332               /* (6) */
328               err = snd_card_register(card);      333               err = snd_card_register(card);
329               if (err < 0)                        334               if (err < 0)
330                       goto error;                 335                       goto error;
331                                                   336 
332               /* (7) */                           337               /* (7) */
333               pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);         338               pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);
334               dev++;                              339               dev++;
335               return 0;                           340               return 0;
336                                                   341 
337       error:                                      342       error:
338               snd_card_free(card);                343               snd_card_free(card);
339               return err;                      !! 344               return err;
340       }                                           345       }
341                                                   346 
342       /* destructor -- see the "Destructor" su    347       /* destructor -- see the "Destructor" sub-section */
343       static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci    348       static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
344       {                                           349       {
345               snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pc    350               snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
346       }                                           351       }
347                                                   352 
348                                                   353 
349                                                   354 
350 Driver Constructor                                355 Driver Constructor
351 ------------------                                356 ------------------
352                                                   357 
353 The real constructor of PCI drivers is the ``p    358 The real constructor of PCI drivers is the ``probe`` callback. The
354 ``probe`` callback and other component-constru    359 ``probe`` callback and other component-constructors which are called
355 from the ``probe`` callback cannot be used wit    360 from the ``probe`` callback cannot be used with the ``__init`` prefix
356 because any PCI device could be a hotplug devi    361 because any PCI device could be a hotplug device.
357                                                   362 
358 In the ``probe`` callback, the following schem    363 In the ``probe`` callback, the following scheme is often used.
359                                                   364 
360 1) Check and increment the device index.          365 1) Check and increment the device index.
361 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~          366 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
362                                                   367 
363 ::                                                368 ::
364                                                   369 
365   static int dev;                                 370   static int dev;
366   ....                                            371   ....
367   if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)                         372   if (dev >= SNDRV_CARDS)
368           return -ENODEV;                         373           return -ENODEV;
369   if (!enable[dev]) {                             374   if (!enable[dev]) {
370           dev++;                                  375           dev++;
371           return -ENOENT;                         376           return -ENOENT;
372   }                                               377   }
373                                                   378 
374                                                   379 
375 where ``enable[dev]`` is the module option.       380 where ``enable[dev]`` is the module option.
376                                                   381 
377 Each time the ``probe`` callback is called, ch    382 Each time the ``probe`` callback is called, check the availability of
378 the device. If not available, simply increment    383 the device. If not available, simply increment the device index and
379 return. dev will be incremented also later (`s !! 384 returns. dev will be incremented also later (`step 7
380 <7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero._> !! 385 <#set-the-pci-driver-data-and-return-zero>`__).
381                                                   386 
382 2) Create a card instance                         387 2) Create a card instance
383 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                         388 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
384                                                   389 
385 ::                                                390 ::
386                                                   391 
387   struct snd_card *card;                          392   struct snd_card *card;
388   int err;                                        393   int err;
389   ....                                            394   ....
390   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id    395   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
391                      0, &card);                   396                      0, &card);
392                                                   397 
393                                                   398 
394 The details will be explained in the section `    399 The details will be explained in the section `Management of Cards and
395 Components`_.                                     400 Components`_.
396                                                   401 
397 3) Create a main component                        402 3) Create a main component
398 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                        403 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
399                                                   404 
400 In this part, the PCI resources are allocated: !! 405 In this part, the PCI resources are allocated.
                                                   >> 406 
                                                   >> 407 ::
401                                                   408 
402   struct mychip *chip;                            409   struct mychip *chip;
403   ....                                            410   ....
404   err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);      411   err = snd_mychip_create(card, pci, &chip);
405   if (err < 0)                                    412   if (err < 0)
406           goto error;                             413           goto error;
407                                                   414 
408 The details will be explained in the section `    415 The details will be explained in the section `PCI Resource
409 Management`_.                                     416 Management`_.
410                                                   417 
411 When something goes wrong, the probe function     418 When something goes wrong, the probe function needs to deal with the
412 error.  In this example, we have a single erro    419 error.  In this example, we have a single error handling path placed
413 at the end of the function::                   !! 420 at the end of the function.
                                                   >> 421 
                                                   >> 422 ::
414                                                   423 
415   error:                                          424   error:
416           snd_card_free(card);                    425           snd_card_free(card);
417           return err;                          !! 426           return err;
418                                                   427 
419 Since each component can be properly freed, th    428 Since each component can be properly freed, the single
420 :c:func:`snd_card_free()` call should suffice     429 :c:func:`snd_card_free()` call should suffice in most cases.
421                                                   430 
422                                                   431 
423 4) Set the driver ID and name strings.            432 4) Set the driver ID and name strings.
424 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~            433 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
425                                                   434 
426 ::                                                435 ::
427                                                   436 
428   strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");                437   strcpy(card->driver, "My Chip");
429   strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");     438   strcpy(card->shortname, "My Own Chip 123");
430   sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i"    439   sprintf(card->longname, "%s at 0x%lx irq %i",
431           card->shortname, chip->port, chip->i    440           card->shortname, chip->port, chip->irq);
432                                                   441 
433 The driver field holds the minimal ID string o    442 The driver field holds the minimal ID string of the chip. This is used
434 by alsa-lib's configurator, so keep it simple     443 by alsa-lib's configurator, so keep it simple but unique. Even the
435 same driver can have different driver IDs to d    444 same driver can have different driver IDs to distinguish the
436 functionality of each chip type.                  445 functionality of each chip type.
437                                                   446 
438 The shortname field is a string shown as more     447 The shortname field is a string shown as more verbose name. The longname
439 field contains the information shown in ``/pro    448 field contains the information shown in ``/proc/asound/cards``.
440                                                   449 
441 5) Create other components, such as mixer, MID    450 5) Create other components, such as mixer, MIDI, etc.
442 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~    451 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
443                                                   452 
444 Here you define the basic components such as ` !! 453 Here you define the basic components such as `PCM <#PCM-Interface>`__,
445 mixer (e.g. `AC97 <API for AC97 Codec_>`__), M !! 454 mixer (e.g. `AC97 <#API-for-AC97-Codec>`__), MIDI (e.g.
446 `MPU-401 <MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface_>`__),  !! 455 `MPU-401 <#MIDI-MPU401-UART-Interface>`__), and other interfaces.
447 Also, if you want a `proc file <Proc Interface !! 456 Also, if you want a `proc file <#Proc-Interface>`__, define it here,
448 too.                                              457 too.
449                                                   458 
450 6) Register the card instance.                    459 6) Register the card instance.
451 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                    460 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
452                                                   461 
453 ::                                                462 ::
454                                                   463 
455   err = snd_card_register(card);                  464   err = snd_card_register(card);
456   if (err < 0)                                    465   if (err < 0)
457           goto error;                             466           goto error;
458                                                   467 
459 Will be explained in the section `Management o    468 Will be explained in the section `Management of Cards and
460 Components`_, too.                                469 Components`_, too.
461                                                   470 
462 7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero.       471 7) Set the PCI driver data and return zero.
463 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~       472 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
464                                                   473 
465 ::                                                474 ::
466                                                   475 
467   pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);                     476   pci_set_drvdata(pci, card);
468   dev++;                                          477   dev++;
469   return 0;                                       478   return 0;
470                                                   479 
471 In the above, the card record is stored. This     480 In the above, the card record is stored. This pointer is used in the
472 remove callback and power-management callbacks    481 remove callback and power-management callbacks, too.
473                                                   482 
474 Destructor                                        483 Destructor
475 ----------                                        484 ----------
476                                                   485 
477 The destructor, the remove callback, simply re !! 486 The destructor, remove callback, simply releases the card instance. Then
478 Then the ALSA middle layer will release all th !! 487 the ALSA middle layer will release all the attached components
479 automatically.                                    488 automatically.
480                                                   489 
481 It would be typically just calling :c:func:`sn !! 490 It would be typically just :c:func:`calling snd_card_free()`:
                                                   >> 491 
                                                   >> 492 ::
482                                                   493 
483   static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev    494   static void snd_mychip_remove(struct pci_dev *pci)
484   {                                               495   {
485           snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));    496           snd_card_free(pci_get_drvdata(pci));
486   }                                               497   }
487                                                   498 
488                                                   499 
489 The above code assumes that the card pointer i    500 The above code assumes that the card pointer is set to the PCI driver
490 data.                                             501 data.
491                                                   502 
492 Header Files                                      503 Header Files
493 ------------                                      504 ------------
494                                                   505 
495 For the above example, at least the following     506 For the above example, at least the following include files are
496 necessary::                                    !! 507 necessary.
                                                   >> 508 
                                                   >> 509 ::
497                                                   510 
498   #include <linux/init.h>                         511   #include <linux/init.h>
499   #include <linux/pci.h>                          512   #include <linux/pci.h>
500   #include <linux/slab.h>                         513   #include <linux/slab.h>
501   #include <sound/core.h>                         514   #include <sound/core.h>
502   #include <sound/initval.h>                      515   #include <sound/initval.h>
503                                                   516 
504 where the last one is necessary only when modu    517 where the last one is necessary only when module options are defined
505 in the source file. If the code is split into     518 in the source file. If the code is split into several files, the files
506 without module options don't need them.           519 without module options don't need them.
507                                                   520 
508 In addition to these headers, you'll need ``<l    521 In addition to these headers, you'll need ``<linux/interrupt.h>`` for
509 interrupt handling, and ``<linux/io.h>`` for I    522 interrupt handling, and ``<linux/io.h>`` for I/O access. If you use the
510 :c:func:`mdelay()` or :c:func:`udelay()` funct    523 :c:func:`mdelay()` or :c:func:`udelay()` functions, you'll need
511 to include ``<linux/delay.h>`` too.               524 to include ``<linux/delay.h>`` too.
512                                                   525 
513 The ALSA interfaces like the PCM and control A    526 The ALSA interfaces like the PCM and control APIs are defined in other
514 ``<sound/xxx.h>`` header files. They have to b    527 ``<sound/xxx.h>`` header files. They have to be included after
515 ``<sound/core.h>``.                               528 ``<sound/core.h>``.
516                                                   529 
517 Management of Cards and Components                530 Management of Cards and Components
518 ==================================                531 ==================================
519                                                   532 
520 Card Instance                                     533 Card Instance
521 -------------                                     534 -------------
522                                                   535 
523 For each soundcard, a “card” record must b    536 For each soundcard, a “card” record must be allocated.
524                                                   537 
525 A card record is the headquarters of the sound    538 A card record is the headquarters of the soundcard. It manages the whole
526 list of devices (components) on the soundcard,    539 list of devices (components) on the soundcard, such as PCM, mixers,
527 MIDI, synthesizer, and so on. Also, the card r    540 MIDI, synthesizer, and so on. Also, the card record holds the ID and the
528 name strings of the card, manages the root of     541 name strings of the card, manages the root of proc files, and controls
529 the power-management states and hotplug discon    542 the power-management states and hotplug disconnections. The component
530 list on the card record is used to manage the     543 list on the card record is used to manage the correct release of
531 resources at destruction.                         544 resources at destruction.
532                                                   545 
533 As mentioned above, to create a card instance,    546 As mentioned above, to create a card instance, call
534 :c:func:`snd_card_new()`::                     !! 547 :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.
                                                   >> 548 
                                                   >> 549 ::
535                                                   550 
536   struct snd_card *card;                          551   struct snd_card *card;
537   int err;                                        552   int err;
538   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index, id, mod    553   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index, id, module, extra_size, &card);
539                                                   554 
540                                                   555 
541 The function takes six arguments: the parent d    556 The function takes six arguments: the parent device pointer, the
542 card-index number, the id string, the module p    557 card-index number, the id string, the module pointer (usually
543 ``THIS_MODULE``), the size of extra-data space    558 ``THIS_MODULE``), the size of extra-data space, and the pointer to
544 return the card instance. The extra_size argum    559 return the card instance. The extra_size argument is used to allocate
545 card->private_data for the chip-specific data.    560 card->private_data for the chip-specific data. Note that these data are
546 allocated by :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.            561 allocated by :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.
547                                                   562 
548 The first argument, the pointer of struct devi !! 563 The first argument, the pointer of struct :c:type:`struct device
549 device. For PCI devices, typically ``&pci->``  !! 564 <device>`, specifies the parent device. For PCI devices, typically
                                                   >> 565 ``&pci->`` is passed there.
550                                                   566 
551 Components                                        567 Components
552 ----------                                        568 ----------
553                                                   569 
554 After the card is created, you can attach the     570 After the card is created, you can attach the components (devices) to
555 the card instance. In an ALSA driver, a compon    571 the card instance. In an ALSA driver, a component is represented as a
556 struct snd_device object. A component          !! 572 :c:type:`struct snd_device <snd_device>` object. A component
557 can be a PCM instance, a control interface, a     573 can be a PCM instance, a control interface, a raw MIDI interface, etc.
558 Each such instance has one component entry.       574 Each such instance has one component entry.
559                                                   575 
560 A component can be created via the :c:func:`sn !! 576 A component can be created via :c:func:`snd_device_new()`
561 function::                                     !! 577 function.
                                                   >> 578 
                                                   >> 579 ::
562                                                   580 
563   snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_XXX, chip, &o    581   snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_XXX, chip, &ops);
564                                                   582 
565 This takes the card pointer, the device-level     583 This takes the card pointer, the device-level (``SNDRV_DEV_XXX``), the
566 data pointer, and the callback pointers (``&op    584 data pointer, and the callback pointers (``&ops``). The device-level
567 defines the type of components and the order o    585 defines the type of components and the order of registration and
568 de-registration. For most components, the devi    586 de-registration. For most components, the device-level is already
569 defined. For a user-defined component, you can    587 defined. For a user-defined component, you can use
570 ``SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL``.                           588 ``SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL``.
571                                                   589 
572 This function itself doesn't allocate the data    590 This function itself doesn't allocate the data space. The data must be
573 allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer    591 allocated manually beforehand, and its pointer is passed as the
574 argument. This pointer (``chip`` in the above     592 argument. This pointer (``chip`` in the above example) is used as the
575 identifier for the instance.                      593 identifier for the instance.
576                                                   594 
577 Each pre-defined ALSA component such as AC97 a !! 595 Each pre-defined ALSA component such as ac97 and pcm calls
578 :c:func:`snd_device_new()` inside its construc    596 :c:func:`snd_device_new()` inside its constructor. The destructor
579 for each component is defined in the callback     597 for each component is defined in the callback pointers. Hence, you don't
580 need to take care of calling a destructor for     598 need to take care of calling a destructor for such a component.
581                                                   599 
582 If you wish to create your own component, you     600 If you wish to create your own component, you need to set the destructor
583 function to the dev_free callback in the ``ops    601 function to the dev_free callback in the ``ops``, so that it can be
584 released automatically via :c:func:`snd_card_f    602 released automatically via :c:func:`snd_card_free()`. The next
585 example will show an implementation of chip-sp    603 example will show an implementation of chip-specific data.
586                                                   604 
587 Chip-Specific Data                                605 Chip-Specific Data
588 ------------------                                606 ------------------
589                                                   607 
590 Chip-specific information, e.g. the I/O port a    608 Chip-specific information, e.g. the I/O port address, its resource
591 pointer, or the irq number, is stored in the c !! 609 pointer, or the irq number, is stored in the chip-specific record.
                                                   >> 610 
                                                   >> 611 ::
592                                                   612 
593   struct mychip {                                 613   struct mychip {
594           ....                                    614           ....
595   };                                              615   };
596                                                   616 
597                                                   617 
598 In general, there are two ways of allocating t    618 In general, there are two ways of allocating the chip record.
599                                                   619 
600 1. Allocating via :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.       620 1. Allocating via :c:func:`snd_card_new()`.
601 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~    621 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
602                                                   622 
603 As mentioned above, you can pass the extra-dat    623 As mentioned above, you can pass the extra-data-length to the 5th
604 argument of :c:func:`snd_card_new()`, e.g.::   !! 624 argument of :c:func:`snd_card_new()`, i.e.
                                                   >> 625 
                                                   >> 626 ::
605                                                   627 
606   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id    628   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
607                      sizeof(struct mychip), &c    629                      sizeof(struct mychip), &card);
608                                                   630 
609 struct mychip is the type of the chip record.  !! 631 :c:type:`struct mychip <mychip>` is the type of the chip record.
610                                                   632 
611 In return, the allocated record can be accesse    633 In return, the allocated record can be accessed as
612                                                   634 
613 ::                                                635 ::
614                                                   636 
615   struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;       637   struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
616                                                   638 
617 With this method, you don't have to allocate t    639 With this method, you don't have to allocate twice. The record is
618 released together with the card instance.         640 released together with the card instance.
619                                                   641 
620 2. Allocating an extra device.                    642 2. Allocating an extra device.
621 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                    643 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
622                                                   644 
623 After allocating a card instance via :c:func:`    645 After allocating a card instance via :c:func:`snd_card_new()`
624 (with ``0`` on the 4th arg), call :c:func:`kza !! 646 (with ``0`` on the 4th arg), call :c:func:`kzalloc()`.
                                                   >> 647 
                                                   >> 648 ::
625                                                   649 
626   struct snd_card *card;                          650   struct snd_card *card;
627   struct mychip *chip;                            651   struct mychip *chip;
628   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id    652   err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
629                      0, &card);                   653                      0, &card);
630   .....                                           654   .....
631   chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);      655   chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
632                                                   656 
633 The chip record should have the field to hold     657 The chip record should have the field to hold the card pointer at least,
634                                                   658 
635 ::                                                659 ::
636                                                   660 
637   struct mychip {                                 661   struct mychip {
638           struct snd_card *card;                  662           struct snd_card *card;
639           ....                                    663           ....
640   };                                              664   };
641                                                   665 
642                                                   666 
643 Then, set the card pointer in the returned chi !! 667 Then, set the card pointer in the returned chip instance.
                                                   >> 668 
                                                   >> 669 ::
644                                                   670 
645   chip->card = card;                              671   chip->card = card;
646                                                   672 
647 Next, initialize the fields, and register this    673 Next, initialize the fields, and register this chip record as a
648 low-level device with a specified ``ops``::    !! 674 low-level device with a specified ``ops``,
649                                                   675 
650   static const struct snd_device_ops ops = {   !! 676 ::
                                                   >> 677 
                                                   >> 678   static struct snd_device_ops ops = {
651           .dev_free =        snd_mychip_dev_fr    679           .dev_free =        snd_mychip_dev_free,
652   };                                              680   };
653   ....                                            681   ....
654   snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chi    682   snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
655                                                   683 
656 :c:func:`snd_mychip_dev_free()` is the device-    684 :c:func:`snd_mychip_dev_free()` is the device-destructor
657 function, which will call the real destructor: !! 685 function, which will call the real destructor.
                                                   >> 686 
                                                   >> 687 ::
658                                                   688 
659   static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_de    689   static int snd_mychip_dev_free(struct snd_device *device)
660   {                                               690   {
661           return snd_mychip_free(device->devic    691           return snd_mychip_free(device->device_data);
662   }                                               692   }
663                                                   693 
664 where :c:func:`snd_mychip_free()` is the real     694 where :c:func:`snd_mychip_free()` is the real destructor.
665                                                   695 
666 The demerit of this method is the obviously la !! 696 The demerit of this method is the obviously more amount of codes.
667 The merit is, however, that you can trigger yo !! 697 The merit is, however, you can trigger the own callback at registering
668 registering and disconnecting the card via a s !! 698 and disconnecting the card via setting in snd_device_ops.
669 About registering and disconnecting the card,  !! 699 About the registering and disconnecting the card, see the subsections
670 below.                                            700 below.
671                                                   701 
672                                                   702 
673 Registration and Release                          703 Registration and Release
674 ------------------------                          704 ------------------------
675                                                   705 
676 After all components are assigned, register th    706 After all components are assigned, register the card instance by calling
677 :c:func:`snd_card_register()`. Access to the d    707 :c:func:`snd_card_register()`. Access to the device files is
678 enabled at this point. That is, before            708 enabled at this point. That is, before
679 :c:func:`snd_card_register()` is called, the c    709 :c:func:`snd_card_register()` is called, the components are safely
680 inaccessible from external side. If this call     710 inaccessible from external side. If this call fails, exit the probe
681 function after releasing the card via :c:func:    711 function after releasing the card via :c:func:`snd_card_free()`.
682                                                   712 
683 For releasing the card instance, you can call     713 For releasing the card instance, you can call simply
684 :c:func:`snd_card_free()`. As mentioned earlie    714 :c:func:`snd_card_free()`. As mentioned earlier, all components
685 are released automatically by this call.          715 are released automatically by this call.
686                                                   716 
687 For a device which allows hotplugging, you can    717 For a device which allows hotplugging, you can use
688 :c:func:`snd_card_free_when_closed()`. This on    718 :c:func:`snd_card_free_when_closed()`. This one will postpone
689 the destruction until all devices are closed.     719 the destruction until all devices are closed.
690                                                   720 
691 PCI Resource Management                           721 PCI Resource Management
692 =======================                           722 =======================
693                                                   723 
694 Full Code Example                                 724 Full Code Example
695 -----------------                                 725 -----------------
696                                                   726 
697 In this section, we'll complete the chip-speci    727 In this section, we'll complete the chip-specific constructor,
698 destructor and PCI entries. Example code is sh !! 728 destructor and PCI entries. Example code is shown first, below.
                                                   >> 729 
                                                   >> 730 ::
699                                                   731 
700       struct mychip {                             732       struct mychip {
701               struct snd_card *card;              733               struct snd_card *card;
702               struct pci_dev *pci;                734               struct pci_dev *pci;
703                                                   735 
704               unsigned long port;                 736               unsigned long port;
705               int irq;                            737               int irq;
706       };                                          738       };
707                                                   739 
708       static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip    740       static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
709       {                                           741       {
710               /* disable hardware here if any     742               /* disable hardware here if any */
711               .... /* (not implemented in this    743               .... /* (not implemented in this document) */
712                                                   744 
713               /* release the irq */               745               /* release the irq */
714               if (chip->irq >= 0)                 746               if (chip->irq >= 0)
715                       free_irq(chip->irq, chip    747                       free_irq(chip->irq, chip);
716               /* release the I/O ports & memor    748               /* release the I/O ports & memory */
717               pci_release_regions(chip->pci);     749               pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
718               /* disable the PCI entry */         750               /* disable the PCI entry */
719               pci_disable_device(chip->pci);      751               pci_disable_device(chip->pci);
720               /* release the data */              752               /* release the data */
721               kfree(chip);                        753               kfree(chip);
722               return 0;                           754               return 0;
723       }                                           755       }
724                                                   756 
725       /* chip-specific constructor */             757       /* chip-specific constructor */
726       static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_    758       static int snd_mychip_create(struct snd_card *card,
727                                    struct pci_    759                                    struct pci_dev *pci,
728                                    struct mych    760                                    struct mychip **rchip)
729       {                                           761       {
730               struct mychip *chip;                762               struct mychip *chip;
731               int err;                            763               int err;
732               static const struct snd_device_o !! 764               static struct snd_device_ops ops = {
733                      .dev_free = snd_mychip_de    765                      .dev_free = snd_mychip_dev_free,
734               };                                  766               };
735                                                   767 
736               *rchip = NULL;                      768               *rchip = NULL;
737                                                   769 
738               /* initialize the PCI entry */      770               /* initialize the PCI entry */
739               err = pci_enable_device(pci);       771               err = pci_enable_device(pci);
740               if (err < 0)                        772               if (err < 0)
741                       return err;                 773                       return err;
742               /* check PCI availability (28bit    774               /* check PCI availability (28bit DMA) */
743               if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BI    775               if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
744                   pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(    776                   pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
745                       printk(KERN_ERR "error t    777                       printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
746                       pci_disable_device(pci);    778                       pci_disable_device(pci);
747                       return -ENXIO;              779                       return -ENXIO;
748               }                                   780               }
749                                                   781 
750               chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GF    782               chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
751               if (chip == NULL) {                 783               if (chip == NULL) {
752                       pci_disable_device(pci);    784                       pci_disable_device(pci);
753                       return -ENOMEM;             785                       return -ENOMEM;
754               }                                   786               }
755                                                   787 
756               /* initialize the stuff */          788               /* initialize the stuff */
757               chip->card = card;                  789               chip->card = card;
758               chip->pci = pci;                    790               chip->pci = pci;
759               chip->irq = -1;                     791               chip->irq = -1;
760                                                   792 
761               /* (1) PCI resource allocation *    793               /* (1) PCI resource allocation */
762               err = pci_request_regions(pci, "    794               err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
763               if (err < 0) {                      795               if (err < 0) {
764                       kfree(chip);                796                       kfree(chip);
765                       pci_disable_device(pci);    797                       pci_disable_device(pci);
766                       return err;                 798                       return err;
767               }                                   799               }
768               chip->port = pci_resource_start(    800               chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
769               if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_my    801               if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt,
770                               IRQF_SHARED, KBU    802                               IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) {
771                       printk(KERN_ERR "cannot     803                       printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq);
772                       snd_mychip_free(chip);      804                       snd_mychip_free(chip);
773                       return -EBUSY;              805                       return -EBUSY;
774               }                                   806               }
775               chip->irq = pci->irq;               807               chip->irq = pci->irq;
776               card->sync_irq = chip->irq;      << 
777                                                   808 
778               /* (2) initialization of the chi    809               /* (2) initialization of the chip hardware */
779               .... /*   (not implemented in th    810               .... /*   (not implemented in this document) */
780                                                   811 
781               err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV    812               err = snd_device_new(card, SNDRV_DEV_LOWLEVEL, chip, &ops);
782               if (err < 0) {                      813               if (err < 0) {
783                       snd_mychip_free(chip);      814                       snd_mychip_free(chip);
784                       return err;                 815                       return err;
785               }                                   816               }
786                                                   817 
787               *rchip = chip;                      818               *rchip = chip;
788               return 0;                           819               return 0;
789       }                                           820       }
790                                                   821 
791       /* PCI IDs */                               822       /* PCI IDs */
792       static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_i    823       static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = {
793               { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_    824               { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
794                 PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0,     825                 PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, },
795               ....                                826               ....
796               { 0, }                              827               { 0, }
797       };                                          828       };
798       MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids)    829       MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);
799                                                   830 
800       /* pci_driver definition */                 831       /* pci_driver definition */
801       static struct pci_driver driver = {         832       static struct pci_driver driver = {
802               .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,             833               .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
803               .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,         834               .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
804               .probe = snd_mychip_probe,          835               .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
805               .remove = snd_mychip_remove,        836               .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
806       };                                          837       };
807                                                   838 
808       /* module initialization */                 839       /* module initialization */
809       static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(    840       static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void)
810       {                                           841       {
811               return pci_register_driver(&driv    842               return pci_register_driver(&driver);
812       }                                           843       }
813                                                   844 
814       /* module clean up */                       845       /* module clean up */
815       static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit    846       static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void)
816       {                                           847       {
817               pci_unregister_driver(&driver);     848               pci_unregister_driver(&driver);
818       }                                           849       }
819                                                   850 
820       module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)          851       module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)
821       module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)          852       module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)
822                                                   853 
823       EXPORT_NO_SYMBOLS; /* for old kernels on    854       EXPORT_NO_SYMBOLS; /* for old kernels only */
824                                                   855 
825 Some Hafta's                                      856 Some Hafta's
826 ------------                                      857 ------------
827                                                   858 
828 The allocation of PCI resources is done in the    859 The allocation of PCI resources is done in the ``probe`` function, and
829 usually an extra :c:func:`xxx_create()` functi    860 usually an extra :c:func:`xxx_create()` function is written for this
830 purpose.                                          861 purpose.
831                                                   862 
832 In the case of PCI devices, you first have to     863 In the case of PCI devices, you first have to call the
833 :c:func:`pci_enable_device()` function before     864 :c:func:`pci_enable_device()` function before allocating
834 resources. Also, you need to set the proper PC    865 resources. Also, you need to set the proper PCI DMA mask to limit the
835 accessed I/O range. In some cases, you might n    866 accessed I/O range. In some cases, you might need to call
836 :c:func:`pci_set_master()` function, too.         867 :c:func:`pci_set_master()` function, too.
837                                                   868 
838 Suppose a 28bit mask, the code to be added wou !! 869 Suppose the 28bit mask, and the code to be added would be like:
                                                   >> 870 
                                                   >> 871 ::
839                                                   872 
840   err = pci_enable_device(pci);                   873   err = pci_enable_device(pci);
841   if (err < 0)                                    874   if (err < 0)
842           return err;                             875           return err;
843   if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28))     876   if (pci_set_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0 ||
844       pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT    877       pci_set_consistent_dma_mask(pci, DMA_BIT_MASK(28)) < 0) {
845           printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit     878           printk(KERN_ERR "error to set 28bit mask DMA\n");
846           pci_disable_device(pci);                879           pci_disable_device(pci);
847           return -ENXIO;                          880           return -ENXIO;
848   }                                               881   }
849                                                   882   
850                                                   883 
851 Resource Allocation                               884 Resource Allocation
852 -------------------                               885 -------------------
853                                                   886 
854 The allocation of I/O ports and irqs is done v    887 The allocation of I/O ports and irqs is done via standard kernel
855 functions.  These resources must be released i    888 functions.  These resources must be released in the destructor
856 function (see below).                             889 function (see below).
857                                                   890 
858 Now assume that the PCI device has an I/O port    891 Now assume that the PCI device has an I/O port with 8 bytes and an
859 interrupt. Then struct mychip will have the    !! 892 interrupt. Then :c:type:`struct mychip <mychip>` will have the
860 following fields::                             !! 893 following fields:
                                                   >> 894 
                                                   >> 895 ::
861                                                   896 
862   struct mychip {                                 897   struct mychip {
863           struct snd_card *card;                  898           struct snd_card *card;
864                                                   899 
865           unsigned long port;                     900           unsigned long port;
866           int irq;                                901           int irq;
867   };                                              902   };
868                                                   903 
869                                                   904 
870 For an I/O port (and also a memory region), yo    905 For an I/O port (and also a memory region), you need to have the
871 resource pointer for the standard resource man    906 resource pointer for the standard resource management. For an irq, you
872 have to keep only the irq number (integer). Bu    907 have to keep only the irq number (integer). But you need to initialize
873 this number to -1 before actual allocation, si !! 908 this number as -1 before actual allocation, since irq 0 is valid. The
874 port address and its resource pointer can be i    909 port address and its resource pointer can be initialized as null by
875 :c:func:`kzalloc()` automatically, so you don'    910 :c:func:`kzalloc()` automatically, so you don't have to take care of
876 resetting them.                                   911 resetting them.
877                                                   912 
878 The allocation of an I/O port is done like thi !! 913 The allocation of an I/O port is done like this:
                                                   >> 914 
                                                   >> 915 ::
879                                                   916 
880   err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");      917   err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
881   if (err < 0) {                                  918   if (err < 0) { 
882           kfree(chip);                            919           kfree(chip);
883           pci_disable_device(pci);                920           pci_disable_device(pci);
884           return err;                             921           return err;
885   }                                               922   }
886   chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);        923   chip->port = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
887                                                   924 
888 It will reserve the I/O port region of 8 bytes    925 It will reserve the I/O port region of 8 bytes of the given PCI device.
889 The returned value, ``chip->res_port``, is all    926 The returned value, ``chip->res_port``, is allocated via
890 :c:func:`kmalloc()` by :c:func:`request_region    927 :c:func:`kmalloc()` by :c:func:`request_region()`. The pointer
891 must be released via :c:func:`kfree()`, but th    928 must be released via :c:func:`kfree()`, but there is a problem with
892 this. This issue will be explained later.         929 this. This issue will be explained later.
893                                                   930 
894 The allocation of an interrupt source is done  !! 931 The allocation of an interrupt source is done like this:
                                                   >> 932 
                                                   >> 933 ::
895                                                   934 
896   if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interru    935   if (request_irq(pci->irq, snd_mychip_interrupt,
897                   IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME,    936                   IRQF_SHARED, KBUILD_MODNAME, chip)) {
898           printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\    937           printk(KERN_ERR "cannot grab irq %d\n", pci->irq);
899           snd_mychip_free(chip);                  938           snd_mychip_free(chip);
900           return -EBUSY;                          939           return -EBUSY;
901   }                                               940   }
902   chip->irq = pci->irq;                           941   chip->irq = pci->irq;
903                                                   942 
904 where :c:func:`snd_mychip_interrupt()` is the     943 where :c:func:`snd_mychip_interrupt()` is the interrupt handler
905 defined `later <PCM Interrupt Handler_>`__. No !! 944 defined `later <#pcm-interface-interrupt-handler>`__. Note that
906 ``chip->irq`` should be defined only when :c:f    945 ``chip->irq`` should be defined only when :c:func:`request_irq()`
907 succeeded.                                        946 succeeded.
908                                                   947 
909 On the PCI bus, interrupts can be shared. Thus    948 On the PCI bus, interrupts can be shared. Thus, ``IRQF_SHARED`` is used
910 as the interrupt flag of :c:func:`request_irq(    949 as the interrupt flag of :c:func:`request_irq()`.
911                                                   950 
912 The last argument of :c:func:`request_irq()` i    951 The last argument of :c:func:`request_irq()` is the data pointer
913 passed to the interrupt handler. Usually, the     952 passed to the interrupt handler. Usually, the chip-specific record is
914 used for that, but you can use what you like,     953 used for that, but you can use what you like, too.
915                                                   954 
916 I won't give details about the interrupt handl    955 I won't give details about the interrupt handler at this point, but at
917 least its appearance can be explained now. The    956 least its appearance can be explained now. The interrupt handler looks
918 usually as follows::                           !! 957 usually like the following:
                                                   >> 958 
                                                   >> 959 ::
919                                                   960 
920   static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int     961   static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
921   {                                               962   {
922           struct mychip *chip = dev_id;           963           struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
923           ....                                    964           ....
924           return IRQ_HANDLED;                     965           return IRQ_HANDLED;
925   }                                               966   }
926                                                   967 
927 After requesting the IRQ, you can passed it to << 
928 field::                                        << 
929                                                << 
930           card->irq = chip->irq;               << 
931                                                << 
932 This allows the PCM core to automatically call << 
933 :c:func:`synchronize_irq()` at the right time, << 
934 See the later section `sync_stop callback`_ fo << 
935                                                   968 
936 Now let's write the corresponding destructor f    969 Now let's write the corresponding destructor for the resources above.
937 The role of destructor is simple: disable the     970 The role of destructor is simple: disable the hardware (if already
938 activated) and release the resources. So far,     971 activated) and release the resources. So far, we have no hardware part,
939 so the disabling code is not written here.        972 so the disabling code is not written here.
940                                                   973 
941 To release the resources, the “check-and-rel    974 To release the resources, the “check-and-release” method is a safer way.
942 For the interrupt, do like this::              !! 975 For the interrupt, do like this:
                                                   >> 976 
                                                   >> 977 ::
943                                                   978 
944   if (chip->irq >= 0)                             979   if (chip->irq >= 0)
945           free_irq(chip->irq, chip);              980           free_irq(chip->irq, chip);
946                                                   981 
947 Since the irq number can start from 0, you sho    982 Since the irq number can start from 0, you should initialize
948 ``chip->irq`` with a negative value (e.g. -1),    983 ``chip->irq`` with a negative value (e.g. -1), so that you can check
949 the validity of the irq number as above.          984 the validity of the irq number as above.
950                                                   985 
951 When you requested I/O ports or memory regions    986 When you requested I/O ports or memory regions via
952 :c:func:`pci_request_region()` or                 987 :c:func:`pci_request_region()` or
953 :c:func:`pci_request_regions()` like in this e    988 :c:func:`pci_request_regions()` like in this example, release the
954 resource(s) using the corresponding function,     989 resource(s) using the corresponding function,
955 :c:func:`pci_release_region()` or                 990 :c:func:`pci_release_region()` or
956 :c:func:`pci_release_regions()`::              !! 991 :c:func:`pci_release_regions()`.
                                                   >> 992 
                                                   >> 993 ::
957                                                   994 
958   pci_release_regions(chip->pci);                 995   pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
959                                                   996 
960 When you requested manually via :c:func:`reque    997 When you requested manually via :c:func:`request_region()` or
961 :c:func:`request_mem_region()`, you can releas    998 :c:func:`request_mem_region()`, you can release it via
962 :c:func:`release_resource()`. Suppose that you    999 :c:func:`release_resource()`. Suppose that you keep the resource
963 pointer returned from :c:func:`request_region(    1000 pointer returned from :c:func:`request_region()` in
964 chip->res_port, the release procedure looks li !! 1001 chip->res_port, the release procedure looks like:
                                                   >> 1002 
                                                   >> 1003 ::
965                                                   1004 
966   release_and_free_resource(chip->res_port);      1005   release_and_free_resource(chip->res_port);
967                                                   1006 
968 Don't forget to call :c:func:`pci_disable_devi    1007 Don't forget to call :c:func:`pci_disable_device()` before the
969 end.                                              1008 end.
970                                                   1009 
971 And finally, release the chip-specific record: !! 1010 And finally, release the chip-specific record.
                                                   >> 1011 
                                                   >> 1012 ::
972                                                   1013 
973   kfree(chip);                                    1014   kfree(chip);
974                                                   1015 
975 We didn't implement the hardware disabling par !! 1016 We didn't implement the hardware disabling part in the above. If you
976 need to do this, please note that the destruct    1017 need to do this, please note that the destructor may be called even
977 before the initialization of the chip is compl    1018 before the initialization of the chip is completed. It would be better
978 to have a flag to skip hardware disabling if t    1019 to have a flag to skip hardware disabling if the hardware was not
979 initialized yet.                                  1020 initialized yet.
980                                                   1021 
981 When the chip-data is assigned to the card usi    1022 When the chip-data is assigned to the card using
982 :c:func:`snd_device_new()` with ``SNDRV_DEV_LO !! 1023 :c:func:`snd_device_new()` with ``SNDRV_DEV_LOWLELVEL`` , its
983 destructor is called last. That is, it is assu !! 1024 destructor is called at the last. That is, it is assured that all other
984 components like PCMs and controls have already    1025 components like PCMs and controls have already been released. You don't
985 have to stop PCMs, etc. explicitly, but just c    1026 have to stop PCMs, etc. explicitly, but just call low-level hardware
986 stopping.                                         1027 stopping.
987                                                   1028 
988 The management of a memory-mapped region is al    1029 The management of a memory-mapped region is almost as same as the
989 management of an I/O port. You'll need two fie !! 1030 management of an I/O port. You'll need three fields like the
                                                   >> 1031 following:
                                                   >> 1032 
                                                   >> 1033 ::
990                                                   1034 
991   struct mychip {                                 1035   struct mychip {
992           ....                                    1036           ....
993           unsigned long iobase_phys;              1037           unsigned long iobase_phys;
994           void __iomem *iobase_virt;              1038           void __iomem *iobase_virt;
995   };                                              1039   };
996                                                   1040 
997 and the allocation would look like below::     !! 1041 and the allocation would be like below:
                                                   >> 1042 
                                                   >> 1043 ::
998                                                   1044 
999   err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");      1045   err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
1000   if (err < 0) {                                 1046   if (err < 0) {
1001           kfree(chip);                           1047           kfree(chip);
1002           return err;                            1048           return err;
1003   }                                              1049   }
1004   chip->iobase_phys = pci_resource_start(pci,    1050   chip->iobase_phys = pci_resource_start(pci, 0);
1005   chip->iobase_virt = ioremap(chip->iobase_ph !! 1051   chip->iobase_virt = ioremap_nocache(chip->iobase_phys,
1006                                       pci_res    1052                                       pci_resource_len(pci, 0));
1007                                                  1053 
1008 and the corresponding destructor would be::   !! 1054 and the corresponding destructor would be:
                                                   >> 1055 
                                                   >> 1056 ::
1009                                                  1057 
1010   static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *c    1058   static int snd_mychip_free(struct mychip *chip)
1011   {                                              1059   {
1012           ....                                   1060           ....
1013           if (chip->iobase_virt)                 1061           if (chip->iobase_virt)
1014                   iounmap(chip->iobase_virt);    1062                   iounmap(chip->iobase_virt);
1015           ....                                   1063           ....
1016           pci_release_regions(chip->pci);        1064           pci_release_regions(chip->pci);
1017           ....                                   1065           ....
1018   }                                              1066   }
1019                                                  1067 
1020 Of course, a modern way with :c:func:`pci_iom    1068 Of course, a modern way with :c:func:`pci_iomap()` will make things a
1021 bit easier, too::                             !! 1069 bit easier, too.
                                                   >> 1070 
                                                   >> 1071 ::
1022                                                  1072 
1023   err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");     1073   err = pci_request_regions(pci, "My Chip");
1024   if (err < 0) {                                 1074   if (err < 0) {
1025           kfree(chip);                           1075           kfree(chip);
1026           return err;                            1076           return err;
1027   }                                              1077   }
1028   chip->iobase_virt = pci_iomap(pci, 0, 0);      1078   chip->iobase_virt = pci_iomap(pci, 0, 0);
1029                                                  1079 
1030 which is paired with :c:func:`pci_iounmap()`     1080 which is paired with :c:func:`pci_iounmap()` at destructor.
1031                                                  1081 
1032                                                  1082 
1033 PCI Entries                                      1083 PCI Entries
1034 -----------                                      1084 -----------
1035                                                  1085 
1036 So far, so good. Let's finish the missing PCI    1086 So far, so good. Let's finish the missing PCI stuff. At first, we need a
1037 struct pci_device_id table for                !! 1087 :c:type:`struct pci_device_id <pci_device_id>` table for
1038 this chipset. It's a table of PCI vendor/devi    1088 this chipset. It's a table of PCI vendor/device ID number, and some
1039 masks.                                           1089 masks.
1040                                                  1090 
1041 For example::                                 !! 1091 For example,
                                                   >> 1092 
                                                   >> 1093 ::
1042                                                  1094 
1043   static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[    1095   static struct pci_device_id snd_mychip_ids[] = {
1044           { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_    1096           { PCI_VENDOR_ID_FOO, PCI_DEVICE_ID_BAR,
1045             PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0,     1097             PCI_ANY_ID, PCI_ANY_ID, 0, 0, 0, },
1046           ....                                   1098           ....
1047           { 0, }                                 1099           { 0, }
1048   };                                             1100   };
1049   MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);      1101   MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(pci, snd_mychip_ids);
1050                                                  1102 
1051 The first and second fields of the struct pci !! 1103 The first and second fields of the :c:type:`struct pci_device_id
1052 and device IDs. If you have no reason to filt !! 1104 <pci_device_id>` structure are the vendor and device IDs. If you
1053 leave the remaining fields as above. The last !! 1105 have no reason to filter the matching devices, you can leave the
1054 struct pci_device_id contains private data fo !! 1106 remaining fields as above. The last field of the :c:type:`struct
1055 any value here, for example, to define specif !! 1107 pci_device_id <pci_device_id>` struct contains private data
1056 device IDs. Such an example is found in the i !! 1108 for this entry. You can specify any value here, for example, to define
                                                   >> 1109 specific operations for supported device IDs. Such an example is found
                                                   >> 1110 in the intel8x0 driver.
1057                                                  1111 
1058 The last entry of this list is the terminator    1112 The last entry of this list is the terminator. You must specify this
1059 all-zero entry.                                  1113 all-zero entry.
1060                                                  1114 
1061 Then, prepare the struct pci_driver           !! 1115 Then, prepare the :c:type:`struct pci_driver <pci_driver>`
1062 record::                                      !! 1116 record:
                                                   >> 1117 
                                                   >> 1118 ::
1063                                                  1119 
1064   static struct pci_driver driver = {            1120   static struct pci_driver driver = {
1065           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,                1121           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
1066           .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,            1122           .id_table = snd_mychip_ids,
1067           .probe = snd_mychip_probe,             1123           .probe = snd_mychip_probe,
1068           .remove = snd_mychip_remove,           1124           .remove = snd_mychip_remove,
1069   };                                             1125   };
1070                                                  1126 
1071 The ``probe`` and ``remove`` functions have a    1127 The ``probe`` and ``remove`` functions have already been defined in
1072 the previous sections. The ``name`` field is     1128 the previous sections. The ``name`` field is the name string of this
1073 device. Note that you must not use slashes ( !! 1129 device. Note that you must not use a slash “/” in this string.
                                                   >> 1130 
                                                   >> 1131 And at last, the module entries:
1074                                                  1132 
1075 And at last, the module entries::             !! 1133 ::
1076                                                  1134 
1077   static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(voi    1135   static int __init alsa_card_mychip_init(void)
1078   {                                              1136   {
1079           return pci_register_driver(&driver)    1137           return pci_register_driver(&driver);
1080   }                                              1138   }
1081                                                  1139 
1082   static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(vo    1140   static void __exit alsa_card_mychip_exit(void)
1083   {                                              1141   {
1084           pci_unregister_driver(&driver);        1142           pci_unregister_driver(&driver);
1085   }                                              1143   }
1086                                                  1144 
1087   module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)             1145   module_init(alsa_card_mychip_init)
1088   module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)             1146   module_exit(alsa_card_mychip_exit)
1089                                                  1147 
1090 Note that these module entries are tagged wit    1148 Note that these module entries are tagged with ``__init`` and ``__exit``
1091 prefixes.                                        1149 prefixes.
1092                                                  1150 
1093 That's all!                                      1151 That's all!
1094                                                  1152 
1095 PCM Interface                                    1153 PCM Interface
1096 =============                                    1154 =============
1097                                                  1155 
1098 General                                          1156 General
1099 -------                                          1157 -------
1100                                                  1158 
1101 The PCM middle layer of ALSA is quite powerfu    1159 The PCM middle layer of ALSA is quite powerful and it is only necessary
1102 for each driver to implement the low-level fu    1160 for each driver to implement the low-level functions to access its
1103 hardware.                                        1161 hardware.
1104                                                  1162 
1105 To access the PCM layer, you need to include  !! 1163 For accessing to the PCM layer, you need to include ``<sound/pcm.h>``
1106 first. In addition, ``<sound/pcm_params.h>``     1164 first. In addition, ``<sound/pcm_params.h>`` might be needed if you
1107 access some functions related with hw_param.  !! 1165 access to some functions related with hw_param.
1108                                                  1166 
1109 Each card device can have up to four PCM inst !! 1167 Each card device can have up to four pcm instances. A pcm instance
1110 corresponds to a PCM device file. The limitat !! 1168 corresponds to a pcm device file. The limitation of number of instances
1111 comes only from the available bit size of Lin !! 1169 comes only from the available bit size of the Linux's device numbers.
1112 Once 64bit device numbers are used, we'll hav !! 1170 Once when 64bit device number is used, we'll have more pcm instances
1113 available.                                       1171 available.
1114                                                  1172 
1115 A PCM instance consists of PCM playback and c !! 1173 A pcm instance consists of pcm playback and capture streams, and each
1116 PCM stream consists of one or more PCM substr !! 1174 pcm stream consists of one or more pcm substreams. Some soundcards
1117 support multiple playback functions. For exam    1175 support multiple playback functions. For example, emu10k1 has a PCM
1118 playback of 32 stereo substreams. In this cas    1176 playback of 32 stereo substreams. In this case, at each open, a free
1119 substream is (usually) automatically chosen a    1177 substream is (usually) automatically chosen and opened. Meanwhile, when
1120 only one substream exists and it was already  !! 1178 only one substream exists and it was already opened, the successful open
1121 will either block or error with ``EAGAIN`` ac    1179 will either block or error with ``EAGAIN`` according to the file open
1122 mode. But you don't have to care about such d    1180 mode. But you don't have to care about such details in your driver. The
1123 PCM middle layer will take care of such work.    1181 PCM middle layer will take care of such work.
1124                                                  1182 
1125 Full Code Example                                1183 Full Code Example
1126 -----------------                                1184 -----------------
1127                                                  1185 
1128 The example code below does not include any h    1186 The example code below does not include any hardware access routines but
1129 shows only the skeleton, how to build up the  !! 1187 shows only the skeleton, how to build up the PCM interfaces.
                                                   >> 1188 
                                                   >> 1189 ::
1130                                                  1190 
1131       #include <sound/pcm.h>                     1191       #include <sound/pcm.h>
1132       ....                                       1192       ....
1133                                                  1193 
1134       /* hardware definition */                  1194       /* hardware definition */
1135       static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mych    1195       static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = {
1136               .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |     1196               .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
1137                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLE    1197                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
1138                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_T    1198                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
1139                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VA    1199                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
1140               .formats =          SNDRV_PCM_F    1200               .formats =          SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
1141               .rates =            SNDRV_PCM_R    1201               .rates =            SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
1142               .rate_min =         8000,          1202               .rate_min =         8000,
1143               .rate_max =         48000,         1203               .rate_max =         48000,
1144               .channels_min =     2,             1204               .channels_min =     2,
1145               .channels_max =     2,             1205               .channels_max =     2,
1146               .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,         1206               .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
1147               .period_bytes_min = 4096,          1207               .period_bytes_min = 4096,
1148               .period_bytes_max = 32768,         1208               .period_bytes_max = 32768,
1149               .periods_min =      1,             1209               .periods_min =      1,
1150               .periods_max =      1024,          1210               .periods_max =      1024,
1151       };                                         1211       };
1152                                                  1212 
1153       /* hardware definition */                  1213       /* hardware definition */
1154       static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mych    1214       static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_capture_hw = {
1155               .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |     1215               .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
1156                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLE    1216                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
1157                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_T    1217                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
1158                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VA    1218                        SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
1159               .formats =          SNDRV_PCM_F    1219               .formats =          SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
1160               .rates =            SNDRV_PCM_R    1220               .rates =            SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
1161               .rate_min =         8000,          1221               .rate_min =         8000,
1162               .rate_max =         48000,         1222               .rate_max =         48000,
1163               .channels_min =     2,             1223               .channels_min =     2,
1164               .channels_max =     2,             1224               .channels_max =     2,
1165               .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,         1225               .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
1166               .period_bytes_min = 4096,          1226               .period_bytes_min = 4096,
1167               .period_bytes_max = 32768,         1227               .period_bytes_max = 32768,
1168               .periods_min =      1,             1228               .periods_min =      1,
1169               .periods_max =      1024,          1229               .periods_max =      1024,
1170       };                                         1230       };
1171                                                  1231 
1172       /* open callback */                        1232       /* open callback */
1173       static int snd_mychip_playback_open(str    1233       static int snd_mychip_playback_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1174       {                                          1234       {
1175               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_s    1235               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1176               struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime    1236               struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
1177                                                  1237 
1178               runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playba    1238               runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw;
1179               /* more hardware-initialization    1239               /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */
1180               ....                               1240               ....
1181               return 0;                          1241               return 0;
1182       }                                          1242       }
1183                                                  1243 
1184       /* close callback */                       1244       /* close callback */
1185       static int snd_mychip_playback_close(st    1245       static int snd_mychip_playback_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1186       {                                          1246       {
1187               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_s    1247               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1188               /* the hardware-specific codes     1248               /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
1189               ....                               1249               ....
1190               return 0;                          1250               return 0;
1191                                                  1251 
1192       }                                          1252       }
1193                                                  1253 
1194       /* open callback */                        1254       /* open callback */
1195       static int snd_mychip_capture_open(stru    1255       static int snd_mychip_capture_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1196       {                                          1256       {
1197               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_s    1257               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1198               struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime    1258               struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
1199                                                  1259 
1200               runtime->hw = snd_mychip_captur    1260               runtime->hw = snd_mychip_capture_hw;
1201               /* more hardware-initialization    1261               /* more hardware-initialization will be done here */
1202               ....                               1262               ....
1203               return 0;                          1263               return 0;
1204       }                                          1264       }
1205                                                  1265 
1206       /* close callback */                       1266       /* close callback */
1207       static int snd_mychip_capture_close(str    1267       static int snd_mychip_capture_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1208       {                                          1268       {
1209               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_s    1269               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1210               /* the hardware-specific codes     1270               /* the hardware-specific codes will be here */
1211               ....                               1271               ....
1212               return 0;                          1272               return 0;
                                                   >> 1273 
1213       }                                          1274       }
1214                                                  1275 
1215       /* hw_params callback */                   1276       /* hw_params callback */
1216       static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params(str    1277       static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
1217                                    struct snd    1278                                    struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params)
1218       {                                          1279       {
1219               /* the hardware-specific codes  !! 1280               return snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream,
1220               ....                            !! 1281                                          params_buffer_bytes(hw_params));
1221               return 0;                       << 
1222       }                                          1282       }
1223                                                  1283 
1224       /* hw_free callback */                     1284       /* hw_free callback */
1225       static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free(struc    1285       static int snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1226       {                                          1286       {
1227               /* the hardware-specific codes  !! 1287               return snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream);
1228               ....                            << 
1229               return 0;                       << 
1230       }                                          1288       }
1231                                                  1289 
1232       /* prepare callback */                     1290       /* prepare callback */
1233       static int snd_mychip_pcm_prepare(struc    1291       static int snd_mychip_pcm_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1234       {                                          1292       {
1235               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_s    1293               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1236               struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime    1294               struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
1237                                                  1295 
1238               /* set up the hardware with the    1296               /* set up the hardware with the current configuration
1239                * for example...                  1297                * for example...
1240                */                                1298                */
1241               mychip_set_sample_format(chip,     1299               mychip_set_sample_format(chip, runtime->format);
1242               mychip_set_sample_rate(chip, ru    1300               mychip_set_sample_rate(chip, runtime->rate);
1243               mychip_set_channels(chip, runti    1301               mychip_set_channels(chip, runtime->channels);
1244               mychip_set_dma_setup(chip, runt    1302               mychip_set_dma_setup(chip, runtime->dma_addr,
1245                                    chip->buff    1303                                    chip->buffer_size,
1246                                    chip->peri    1304                                    chip->period_size);
1247               return 0;                          1305               return 0;
1248       }                                          1306       }
1249                                                  1307 
1250       /* trigger callback */                     1308       /* trigger callback */
1251       static int snd_mychip_pcm_trigger(struc    1309       static int snd_mychip_pcm_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
1252                                         int c    1310                                         int cmd)
1253       {                                          1311       {
1254               switch (cmd) {                     1312               switch (cmd) {
1255               case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:      1313               case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:
1256                       /* do something to star    1314                       /* do something to start the PCM engine */
1257                       ....                       1315                       ....
1258                       break;                     1316                       break;
1259               case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:       1317               case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:
1260                       /* do something to stop    1318                       /* do something to stop the PCM engine */
1261                       ....                       1319                       ....
1262                       break;                     1320                       break;
1263               default:                           1321               default:
1264                       return -EINVAL;            1322                       return -EINVAL;
1265               }                                  1323               }
1266       }                                          1324       }
1267                                                  1325 
1268       /* pointer callback */                     1326       /* pointer callback */
1269       static snd_pcm_uframes_t                   1327       static snd_pcm_uframes_t
1270       snd_mychip_pcm_pointer(struct snd_pcm_s    1328       snd_mychip_pcm_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1271       {                                          1329       {
1272               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_s    1330               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1273               unsigned int current_ptr;          1331               unsigned int current_ptr;
1274                                                  1332 
1275               /* get the current hardware poi    1333               /* get the current hardware pointer */
1276               current_ptr = mychip_get_hw_poi    1334               current_ptr = mychip_get_hw_pointer(chip);
1277               return current_ptr;                1335               return current_ptr;
1278       }                                          1336       }
1279                                                  1337 
1280       /* operators */                            1338       /* operators */
1281       static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_pl    1339       static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = {
1282               .open =        snd_mychip_playb    1340               .open =        snd_mychip_playback_open,
1283               .close =       snd_mychip_playb    1341               .close =       snd_mychip_playback_close,
                                                   >> 1342               .ioctl =       snd_pcm_lib_ioctl,
1284               .hw_params =   snd_mychip_pcm_h    1343               .hw_params =   snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
1285               .hw_free =     snd_mychip_pcm_h    1344               .hw_free =     snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
1286               .prepare =     snd_mychip_pcm_p    1345               .prepare =     snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
1287               .trigger =     snd_mychip_pcm_t    1346               .trigger =     snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
1288               .pointer =     snd_mychip_pcm_p    1347               .pointer =     snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
1289       };                                         1348       };
1290                                                  1349 
1291       /* operators */                            1350       /* operators */
1292       static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_ca    1351       static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_capture_ops = {
1293               .open =        snd_mychip_captu    1352               .open =        snd_mychip_capture_open,
1294               .close =       snd_mychip_captu    1353               .close =       snd_mychip_capture_close,
                                                   >> 1354               .ioctl =       snd_pcm_lib_ioctl,
1295               .hw_params =   snd_mychip_pcm_h    1355               .hw_params =   snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
1296               .hw_free =     snd_mychip_pcm_h    1356               .hw_free =     snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
1297               .prepare =     snd_mychip_pcm_p    1357               .prepare =     snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
1298               .trigger =     snd_mychip_pcm_t    1358               .trigger =     snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
1299               .pointer =     snd_mychip_pcm_p    1359               .pointer =     snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
1300       };                                         1360       };
1301                                                  1361 
1302       /*                                         1362       /*
1303        *  definitions of capture are omitted     1363        *  definitions of capture are omitted here...
1304        */                                        1364        */
1305                                                  1365 
1306       /* create a pcm device */                  1366       /* create a pcm device */
1307       static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct my    1367       static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
1308       {                                          1368       {
1309               struct snd_pcm *pcm;               1369               struct snd_pcm *pcm;
1310               int err;                           1370               int err;
1311                                                  1371 
1312               err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "    1372               err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm);
1313               if (err < 0)                       1373               if (err < 0)
1314                       return err;                1374                       return err;
1315               pcm->private_data = chip;          1375               pcm->private_data = chip;
1316               strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");      1376               strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");
1317               chip->pcm = pcm;                   1377               chip->pcm = pcm;
1318               /* set operators */                1378               /* set operators */
1319               snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_    1379               snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK,
1320                               &snd_mychip_pla    1380                               &snd_mychip_playback_ops);
1321               snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_    1381               snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE,
1322                               &snd_mychip_cap    1382                               &snd_mychip_capture_ops);
1323               /* pre-allocation of buffers */    1383               /* pre-allocation of buffers */
1324               /* NOTE: this may fail */          1384               /* NOTE: this may fail */
1325               snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all( !! 1385               snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
1326                                               !! 1386                                                     snd_dma_pci_data(chip->pci),
1327                                               !! 1387                                                     64*1024, 64*1024);
1328               return 0;                          1388               return 0;
1329       }                                          1389       }
1330                                                  1390 
1331                                                  1391 
1332 PCM Constructor                                  1392 PCM Constructor
1333 ---------------                                  1393 ---------------
1334                                                  1394 
1335 A PCM instance is allocated by the :c:func:`s !! 1395 A pcm instance is allocated by the :c:func:`snd_pcm_new()`
1336 function. It would be better to create a cons !! 1396 function. It would be better to create a constructor for pcm, namely,
                                                   >> 1397 
                                                   >> 1398 ::
1337                                                  1399 
1338   static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip    1400   static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
1339   {                                              1401   {
1340           struct snd_pcm *pcm;                   1402           struct snd_pcm *pcm;
1341           int err;                               1403           int err;
1342                                                  1404 
1343           err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My C    1405           err = snd_pcm_new(chip->card, "My Chip", 0, 1, 1, &pcm);
1344           if (err < 0)                           1406           if (err < 0) 
1345                   return err;                    1407                   return err;
1346           pcm->private_data = chip;              1408           pcm->private_data = chip;
1347           strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");          1409           strcpy(pcm->name, "My Chip");
1348           chip->pcm = pcm;                       1410           chip->pcm = pcm;
1349           ...                                 !! 1411           ....
1350           return 0;                              1412           return 0;
1351   }                                              1413   }
1352                                                  1414 
1353 The :c:func:`snd_pcm_new()` function takes si !! 1415 The :c:func:`snd_pcm_new()` function takes four arguments. The
1354 first argument is the card pointer to which t !! 1416 first argument is the card pointer to which this pcm is assigned, and
1355 the second is the ID string.                     1417 the second is the ID string.
1356                                                  1418 
1357 The third argument (``index``, 0 in the above    1419 The third argument (``index``, 0 in the above) is the index of this new
1358 PCM. It begins from zero. If you create more  !! 1420 pcm. It begins from zero. If you create more than one pcm instances,
1359 specify the different numbers in this argumen    1421 specify the different numbers in this argument. For example, ``index =
1360 1`` for the second PCM device.                   1422 1`` for the second PCM device.
1361                                                  1423 
1362 The fourth and fifth arguments are the number    1424 The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of substreams for playback
1363 and capture, respectively. Here 1 is used for    1425 and capture, respectively. Here 1 is used for both arguments. When no
1364 playback or capture substreams are available,    1426 playback or capture substreams are available, pass 0 to the
1365 corresponding argument.                          1427 corresponding argument.
1366                                                  1428 
1367 If a chip supports multiple playbacks or capt    1429 If a chip supports multiple playbacks or captures, you can specify more
1368 numbers, but they must be handled properly in    1430 numbers, but they must be handled properly in open/close, etc.
1369 callbacks. When you need to know which substr    1431 callbacks. When you need to know which substream you are referring to,
1370 then it can be obtained from struct snd_pcm_s !! 1432 then it can be obtained from :c:type:`struct snd_pcm_substream
1371 callback as follows::                         !! 1433 <snd_pcm_substream>` data passed to each callback as follows:
                                                   >> 1434 
                                                   >> 1435 ::
1372                                                  1436 
1373   struct snd_pcm_substream *substream;           1437   struct snd_pcm_substream *substream;
1374   int index = substream->number;                 1438   int index = substream->number;
1375                                                  1439 
1376                                                  1440 
1377 After the PCM is created, you need to set ope !! 1441 After the pcm is created, you need to set operators for each pcm stream.
                                                   >> 1442 
                                                   >> 1443 ::
1378                                                  1444 
1379   snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYB    1445   snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_PLAYBACK,
1380                   &snd_mychip_playback_ops);     1446                   &snd_mychip_playback_ops);
1381   snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTU    1447   snd_pcm_set_ops(pcm, SNDRV_PCM_STREAM_CAPTURE,
1382                   &snd_mychip_capture_ops);      1448                   &snd_mychip_capture_ops);
1383                                                  1449 
1384 The operators are defined typically like this !! 1450 The operators are defined typically like this:
                                                   >> 1451 
                                                   >> 1452 ::
1385                                                  1453 
1386   static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playba    1454   static struct snd_pcm_ops snd_mychip_playback_ops = {
1387           .open =        snd_mychip_pcm_open,    1455           .open =        snd_mychip_pcm_open,
1388           .close =       snd_mychip_pcm_close    1456           .close =       snd_mychip_pcm_close,
                                                   >> 1457           .ioctl =       snd_pcm_lib_ioctl,
1389           .hw_params =   snd_mychip_pcm_hw_pa    1458           .hw_params =   snd_mychip_pcm_hw_params,
1390           .hw_free =     snd_mychip_pcm_hw_fr    1459           .hw_free =     snd_mychip_pcm_hw_free,
1391           .prepare =     snd_mychip_pcm_prepa    1460           .prepare =     snd_mychip_pcm_prepare,
1392           .trigger =     snd_mychip_pcm_trigg    1461           .trigger =     snd_mychip_pcm_trigger,
1393           .pointer =     snd_mychip_pcm_point    1462           .pointer =     snd_mychip_pcm_pointer,
1394   };                                             1463   };
1395                                                  1464 
1396 All the callbacks are described in the Operat    1465 All the callbacks are described in the Operators_ subsection.
1397                                                  1466 
1398 After setting the operators, you probably wil    1467 After setting the operators, you probably will want to pre-allocate the
1399 buffer and set up the managed allocation mode !! 1468 buffer. For the pre-allocation, simply call the following:
1400 For that, simply call the following::         << 
1401                                                  1469 
1402   snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_D !! 1470 ::
1403                                  &chip->pci-> !! 1471 
1404                                  64*1024, 64* !! 1472   snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
                                                   >> 1473                                         snd_dma_pci_data(chip->pci),
                                                   >> 1474                                         64*1024, 64*1024);
1405                                                  1475 
1406 It will allocate a buffer up to 64kB by defau !! 1476 It will allocate a buffer up to 64kB as default. Buffer management
1407 details will be described in the later sectio    1477 details will be described in the later section `Buffer and Memory
1408 Management`_.                                    1478 Management`_.
1409                                                  1479 
1410 Additionally, you can set some extra informat !! 1480 Additionally, you can set some extra information for this pcm in
1411 ``pcm->info_flags``. The available values are    1481 ``pcm->info_flags``. The available values are defined as
1412 ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX`` in ``<sound/asound.h>`    1482 ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX`` in ``<sound/asound.h>``, which is used for the
1413 hardware definition (described later). When y    1483 hardware definition (described later). When your soundchip supports only
1414 half-duplex, specify it like this::           !! 1484 half-duplex, specify like this:
                                                   >> 1485 
                                                   >> 1486 ::
1415                                                  1487 
1416   pcm->info_flags = SNDRV_PCM_INFO_HALF_DUPLE    1488   pcm->info_flags = SNDRV_PCM_INFO_HALF_DUPLEX;
1417                                                  1489 
1418                                                  1490 
1419 ... And the Destructor?                          1491 ... And the Destructor?
1420 -----------------------                          1492 -----------------------
1421                                                  1493 
1422 The destructor for a PCM instance is not alwa !! 1494 The destructor for a pcm instance is not always necessary. Since the pcm
1423 device will be released by the middle layer c    1495 device will be released by the middle layer code automatically, you
1424 don't have to call the destructor explicitly.    1496 don't have to call the destructor explicitly.
1425                                                  1497 
1426 The destructor would be necessary if you crea    1498 The destructor would be necessary if you created special records
1427 internally and needed to release them. In suc    1499 internally and needed to release them. In such a case, set the
1428 destructor function to ``pcm->private_free``: !! 1500 destructor function to ``pcm->private_free``:
                                                   >> 1501 
                                                   >> 1502 ::
1429                                                  1503 
1430       static void mychip_pcm_free(struct snd_    1504       static void mychip_pcm_free(struct snd_pcm *pcm)
1431       {                                          1505       {
1432               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_c    1506               struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_chip(pcm);
1433               /* free your own data */           1507               /* free your own data */
1434               kfree(chip->my_private_pcm_data    1508               kfree(chip->my_private_pcm_data);
1435               /* do what you like else */        1509               /* do what you like else */
1436               ....                               1510               ....
1437       }                                          1511       }
1438                                                  1512 
1439       static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct my    1513       static int snd_mychip_new_pcm(struct mychip *chip)
1440       {                                          1514       {
1441               struct snd_pcm *pcm;               1515               struct snd_pcm *pcm;
1442               ....                               1516               ....
1443               /* allocate your own data */       1517               /* allocate your own data */
1444               chip->my_private_pcm_data = kma    1518               chip->my_private_pcm_data = kmalloc(...);
1445               /* set the destructor */           1519               /* set the destructor */
1446               pcm->private_data = chip;          1520               pcm->private_data = chip;
1447               pcm->private_free = mychip_pcm_    1521               pcm->private_free = mychip_pcm_free;
1448               ....                               1522               ....
1449       }                                          1523       }
1450                                                  1524 
1451                                                  1525 
1452                                                  1526 
1453 Runtime Pointer - The Chest of PCM Informatio    1527 Runtime Pointer - The Chest of PCM Information
1454 ---------------------------------------------    1528 ----------------------------------------------
1455                                                  1529 
1456 When the PCM substream is opened, a PCM runti    1530 When the PCM substream is opened, a PCM runtime instance is allocated
1457 and assigned to the substream. This pointer i    1531 and assigned to the substream. This pointer is accessible via
1458 ``substream->runtime``. This runtime pointer     1532 ``substream->runtime``. This runtime pointer holds most information you
1459 need to control the PCM: a copy of hw_params  !! 1533 need to control the PCM: the copy of hw_params and sw_params
1460 configurations, the buffer pointers, mmap rec    1534 configurations, the buffer pointers, mmap records, spinlocks, etc.
1461                                                  1535 
1462 The definition of runtime instance is found i    1536 The definition of runtime instance is found in ``<sound/pcm.h>``. Here
1463 is the relevant part of this file::           !! 1537 are the contents of this file:
                                                   >> 1538 
                                                   >> 1539 ::
1464                                                  1540 
1465   struct _snd_pcm_runtime {                      1541   struct _snd_pcm_runtime {
1466           /* -- Status -- */                     1542           /* -- Status -- */
1467           struct snd_pcm_substream *trigger_m    1543           struct snd_pcm_substream *trigger_master;
1468           snd_timestamp_t trigger_tstamp;        1544           snd_timestamp_t trigger_tstamp;       /* trigger timestamp */
1469           int overrange;                         1545           int overrange;
1470           snd_pcm_uframes_t avail_max;           1546           snd_pcm_uframes_t avail_max;
1471           snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_base;         1547           snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_base;        /* Position at buffer restart */
1472           snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_interrupt;    1548           snd_pcm_uframes_t hw_ptr_interrupt; /* Position at interrupt time*/
1473                                                  1549   
1474           /* -- HW params -- */                  1550           /* -- HW params -- */
1475           snd_pcm_access_t access;      /* ac    1551           snd_pcm_access_t access;      /* access mode */
1476           snd_pcm_format_t format;      /* SN    1552           snd_pcm_format_t format;      /* SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_* */
1477           snd_pcm_subformat_t subformat;         1553           snd_pcm_subformat_t subformat;        /* subformat */
1478           unsigned int rate;            /* ra    1554           unsigned int rate;            /* rate in Hz */
1479           unsigned int channels;                 1555           unsigned int channels;                /* channels */
1480           snd_pcm_uframes_t period_size;         1556           snd_pcm_uframes_t period_size;        /* period size */
1481           unsigned int periods;         /* pe    1557           unsigned int periods;         /* periods */
1482           snd_pcm_uframes_t buffer_size;         1558           snd_pcm_uframes_t buffer_size;        /* buffer size */
1483           unsigned int tick_time;                1559           unsigned int tick_time;               /* tick time */
1484           snd_pcm_uframes_t min_align;  /* Mi    1560           snd_pcm_uframes_t min_align;  /* Min alignment for the format */
1485           size_t byte_align;                     1561           size_t byte_align;
1486           unsigned int frame_bits;               1562           unsigned int frame_bits;
1487           unsigned int sample_bits;              1563           unsigned int sample_bits;
1488           unsigned int info;                     1564           unsigned int info;
1489           unsigned int rate_num;                 1565           unsigned int rate_num;
1490           unsigned int rate_den;                 1566           unsigned int rate_den;
1491                                                  1567   
1492           /* -- SW params -- */                  1568           /* -- SW params -- */
1493           struct timespec tstamp_mode;  /* mm    1569           struct timespec tstamp_mode;  /* mmap timestamp is updated */
1494           unsigned int period_step;              1570           unsigned int period_step;
1495           unsigned int sleep_min;                1571           unsigned int sleep_min;               /* min ticks to sleep */
1496           snd_pcm_uframes_t start_threshold;     1572           snd_pcm_uframes_t start_threshold;
1497           /*                                  !! 1573           snd_pcm_uframes_t stop_threshold;
1498            * The following two thresholds all !! 1574           snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_threshold; /* Silence filling happens when
1499            * hw_avail drops below the thresho !! 1575                                                   noise is nearest than this */
1500            */                                 !! 1576           snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_size;       /* Silence filling size */
1501           snd_pcm_uframes_t stop_threshold;   << 
1502           snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_threshold << 
1503           snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_size;     << 
1504                                               << 
1505           snd_pcm_uframes_t boundary;   /* po    1577           snd_pcm_uframes_t boundary;   /* pointers wrap point */
1506                                                  1578   
1507           /* internal data of auto-silencer * !! 1579           snd_pcm_uframes_t silenced_start;
1508           snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_start; /* !! 1580           snd_pcm_uframes_t silenced_size;
1509           snd_pcm_uframes_t silence_filled; / << 
1510                                                  1581   
1511           snd_pcm_sync_id_t sync;                1582           snd_pcm_sync_id_t sync;               /* hardware synchronization ID */
1512                                                  1583   
1513           /* -- mmap -- */                       1584           /* -- mmap -- */
1514           volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_status    1585           volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_status *status;
1515           volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_contro    1586           volatile struct snd_pcm_mmap_control *control;
1516           atomic_t mmap_count;                   1587           atomic_t mmap_count;
1517                                                  1588   
1518           /* -- locking / scheduling -- */       1589           /* -- locking / scheduling -- */
1519           spinlock_t lock;                       1590           spinlock_t lock;
1520           wait_queue_head_t sleep;               1591           wait_queue_head_t sleep;
1521           struct timer_list tick_timer;          1592           struct timer_list tick_timer;
1522           struct fasync_struct *fasync;          1593           struct fasync_struct *fasync;
1523                                                  1594 
1524           /* -- private section -- */            1595           /* -- private section -- */
1525           void *private_data;                    1596           void *private_data;
1526           void (*private_free)(struct snd_pcm    1597           void (*private_free)(struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime);
1527                                                  1598   
1528           /* -- hardware description -- */       1599           /* -- hardware description -- */
1529           struct snd_pcm_hardware hw;            1600           struct snd_pcm_hardware hw;
1530           struct snd_pcm_hw_constraints hw_co    1601           struct snd_pcm_hw_constraints hw_constraints;
1531                                                  1602   
1532           /* -- timer -- */                      1603           /* -- timer -- */
1533           unsigned int timer_resolution;         1604           unsigned int timer_resolution;        /* timer resolution */
1534                                                  1605   
1535           /* -- DMA -- */                        1606           /* -- DMA -- */           
1536           unsigned char *dma_area;      /* DM    1607           unsigned char *dma_area;      /* DMA area */
1537           dma_addr_t dma_addr;          /* ph    1608           dma_addr_t dma_addr;          /* physical bus address (not accessible from main CPU) */
1538           size_t dma_bytes;             /* si    1609           size_t dma_bytes;             /* size of DMA area */
1539                                                  1610   
1540           struct snd_dma_buffer *dma_buffer_p    1611           struct snd_dma_buffer *dma_buffer_p;  /* allocated buffer */
1541                                                  1612   
1542   #if defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS) || defined(    1613   #if defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS) || defined(CONFIG_SND_PCM_OSS_MODULE)
1543           /* -- OSS things -- */                 1614           /* -- OSS things -- */
1544           struct snd_pcm_oss_runtime oss;        1615           struct snd_pcm_oss_runtime oss;
1545   #endif                                         1616   #endif
1546   };                                             1617   };
1547                                                  1618 
1548                                                  1619 
1549 For the operators (callbacks) of each sound d    1620 For the operators (callbacks) of each sound driver, most of these
1550 records are supposed to be read-only. Only th    1621 records are supposed to be read-only. Only the PCM middle-layer changes
1551 / updates them. The exceptions are the hardwa    1622 / updates them. The exceptions are the hardware description (hw) DMA
1552 buffer information and the private data. Besi    1623 buffer information and the private data. Besides, if you use the
1553 standard managed buffer allocation mode, you  !! 1624 standard buffer allocation method via
                                                   >> 1625 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()`, you don't need to set the
1554 DMA buffer information by yourself.              1626 DMA buffer information by yourself.
1555                                                  1627 
1556 In the sections below, important records are     1628 In the sections below, important records are explained.
1557                                                  1629 
1558 Hardware Description                             1630 Hardware Description
1559 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                             1631 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1560                                                  1632 
1561 The hardware descriptor (struct snd_pcm_hardw !! 1633 The hardware descriptor (:c:type:`struct snd_pcm_hardware
1562 the fundamental hardware configuration. Above !! 1634 <snd_pcm_hardware>`) contains the definitions of the fundamental
1563 in the `PCM open callback`_. Note that the ru !! 1635 hardware configuration. Above all, you'll need to define this in the
1564 the descriptor, not a pointer to the existing !! 1636 `PCM open callback`_. Note that the runtime instance holds the copy of
                                                   >> 1637 the descriptor, not the pointer to the existing descriptor. That is,
1565 in the open callback, you can modify the copi    1638 in the open callback, you can modify the copied descriptor
1566 (``runtime->hw``) as you need. For example, i    1639 (``runtime->hw``) as you need. For example, if the maximum number of
1567 channels is 1 only on some chip models, you c    1640 channels is 1 only on some chip models, you can still use the same
1568 hardware descriptor and change the channels_m !! 1641 hardware descriptor and change the channels_max later:
                                                   >> 1642 
                                                   >> 1643 ::
1569                                                  1644 
1570           struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = s    1645           struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
1571           ...                                    1646           ...
1572           runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_h    1647           runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw; /* common definition */
1573           if (chip->model == VERY_OLD_ONE)       1648           if (chip->model == VERY_OLD_ONE)
1574                   runtime->hw.channels_max =     1649                   runtime->hw.channels_max = 1;
1575                                                  1650 
1576 Typically, you'll have a hardware descriptor  !! 1651 Typically, you'll have a hardware descriptor as below:
                                                   >> 1652 
                                                   >> 1653 ::
1577                                                  1654 
1578   static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_p    1655   static struct snd_pcm_hardware snd_mychip_playback_hw = {
1579           .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |         1656           .info = (SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP |
1580                    SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED    1657                    SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED |
1581                    SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANS    1658                    SNDRV_PCM_INFO_BLOCK_TRANSFER |
1582                    SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID)    1659                    SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP_VALID),
1583           .formats =          SNDRV_PCM_FMTBI    1660           .formats =          SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE,
1584           .rates =            SNDRV_PCM_RATE_    1661           .rates =            SNDRV_PCM_RATE_8000_48000,
1585           .rate_min =         8000,              1662           .rate_min =         8000,
1586           .rate_max =         48000,             1663           .rate_max =         48000,
1587           .channels_min =     2,                 1664           .channels_min =     2,
1588           .channels_max =     2,                 1665           .channels_max =     2,
1589           .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,             1666           .buffer_bytes_max = 32768,
1590           .period_bytes_min = 4096,              1667           .period_bytes_min = 4096,
1591           .period_bytes_max = 32768,             1668           .period_bytes_max = 32768,
1592           .periods_min =      1,                 1669           .periods_min =      1,
1593           .periods_max =      1024,              1670           .periods_max =      1024,
1594   };                                             1671   };
1595                                                  1672 
1596 -  The ``info`` field contains the type and c    1673 -  The ``info`` field contains the type and capabilities of this
1597    PCM. The bit flags are defined in ``<sound !! 1674    pcm. The bit flags are defined in ``<sound/asound.h>`` as
1598    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX``. Here, at least, yo    1675    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_XXX``. Here, at least, you have to specify whether
1599    mmap is supported and which interleaving f !! 1676    the mmap is supported and which interleaved format is
1600    supported. When the hardware supports mmap    1677    supported. When the hardware supports mmap, add the
1601    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP`` flag here. When th    1678    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_MMAP`` flag here. When the hardware supports the
1602    interleaved or the non-interleaved formats !! 1679    interleaved or the non-interleaved formats,
1603    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED`` or ``SNDRV_    1680    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_INTERLEAVED`` or ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_NONINTERLEAVED``
1604    flag must be set, respectively. If both ar    1681    flag must be set, respectively. If both are supported, you can set
1605    both, too.                                    1682    both, too.
1606                                                  1683 
1607    In the above example, ``MMAP_VALID`` and `    1684    In the above example, ``MMAP_VALID`` and ``BLOCK_TRANSFER`` are
1608    specified for the OSS mmap mode. Usually b    1685    specified for the OSS mmap mode. Usually both are set. Of course,
1609    ``MMAP_VALID`` is set only if mmap is real !! 1686    ``MMAP_VALID`` is set only if the mmap is really supported.
1610                                                  1687 
1611    The other possible flags are ``SNDRV_PCM_I    1688    The other possible flags are ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_PAUSE`` and
1612    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME``. The ``PAUSE`` b !! 1689    ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME``. The ``PAUSE`` bit means that the pcm
1613    supports the “pause” operation, while     1690    supports the “pause” operation, while the ``RESUME`` bit means that
1614    the PCM supports the full “suspend/resum !! 1691    the pcm supports the full “suspend/resume” operation. If the
1615    ``PAUSE`` flag is set, the ``trigger`` cal    1692    ``PAUSE`` flag is set, the ``trigger`` callback below must handle
1616    the corresponding (pause push/release) com    1693    the corresponding (pause push/release) commands. The suspend/resume
1617    trigger commands can be defined even witho    1694    trigger commands can be defined even without the ``RESUME``
1618    flag. See the `Power Management`_ section  !! 1695    flag. See `Power Management`_ section for details.
1619                                                  1696 
1620    When the PCM substreams can be synchronize    1697    When the PCM substreams can be synchronized (typically,
1621    synchronized start/stop of a playback and  !! 1698    synchronized start/stop of a playback and a capture streams), you
1622    can give ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_SYNC_START``, to    1699    can give ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_SYNC_START``, too. In this case, you'll
1623    need to check the linked-list of PCM subst    1700    need to check the linked-list of PCM substreams in the trigger
1624    callback. This will be described in a late !! 1701    callback. This will be described in the later section.
1625                                                  1702 
1626 -  The ``formats`` field contains the bit-fla !! 1703 -  ``formats`` field contains the bit-flags of supported formats
1627    (``SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_XXX``). If the hardwar    1704    (``SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_XXX``). If the hardware supports more than one
1628    format, give all or'ed bits. In the exampl    1705    format, give all or'ed bits. In the example above, the signed 16bit
1629    little-endian format is specified.            1706    little-endian format is specified.
1630                                                  1707 
1631 -  The ``rates`` field contains the bit-flags !! 1708 -  ``rates`` field contains the bit-flags of supported rates
1632    (``SNDRV_PCM_RATE_XXX``). When the chip su    1709    (``SNDRV_PCM_RATE_XXX``). When the chip supports continuous rates,
1633    pass the ``CONTINUOUS`` bit additionally.  !! 1710    pass ``CONTINUOUS`` bit additionally. The pre-defined rate bits are
1634    are provided only for typical rates. If yo !! 1711    provided only for typical rates. If your chip supports
1635    unconventional rates, you need to add the     1712    unconventional rates, you need to add the ``KNOT`` bit and set up
1636    the hardware constraint manually (explaine    1713    the hardware constraint manually (explained later).
1637                                                  1714 
1638 -  ``rate_min`` and ``rate_max`` define the m    1715 -  ``rate_min`` and ``rate_max`` define the minimum and maximum sample
1639    rate. This should correspond somehow to ``    1716    rate. This should correspond somehow to ``rates`` bits.
1640                                                  1717 
1641 -  ``channels_min`` and ``channels_max`` defi !! 1718 -  ``channel_min`` and ``channel_max`` define, as you might already
1642    expected, the minimum and maximum number o    1719    expected, the minimum and maximum number of channels.
1643                                                  1720 
1644 -  ``buffer_bytes_max`` defines the maximum b    1721 -  ``buffer_bytes_max`` defines the maximum buffer size in
1645    bytes. There is no ``buffer_bytes_min`` fi    1722    bytes. There is no ``buffer_bytes_min`` field, since it can be
1646    calculated from the minimum period size an    1723    calculated from the minimum period size and the minimum number of
1647    periods. Meanwhile, ``period_bytes_min`` a !! 1724    periods. Meanwhile, ``period_bytes_min`` and define the minimum and
1648    define the minimum and maximum size of the !! 1725    maximum size of the period in bytes. ``periods_max`` and
1649    ``periods_max`` and ``periods_min`` define !! 1726    ``periods_min`` define the maximum and minimum number of periods in
1650    number of periods in the buffer.           !! 1727    the buffer.
1651                                                  1728 
1652    The “period” is a term that correspond    1729    The “period” is a term that corresponds to a fragment in the OSS
1653    world. The period defines the point at whi !! 1730    world. The period defines the size at which a PCM interrupt is
1654    generated. This point strongly depends on  !! 1731    generated. This size strongly depends on the hardware. Generally,
1655    a smaller period size will give you more i !! 1732    the smaller period size will give you more interrupts, that is,
1656    in being able to fill/drain the buffer mor !! 1733    more controls. In the case of capture, this size defines the input
1657    capture, this size defines the input laten !! 1734    latency. On the other hand, the whole buffer size defines the
1658    the whole buffer size defines the output l !! 1735    output latency for the playback direction.
1659    direction.                                 << 
1660                                                  1736 
1661 -  There is also a field ``fifo_size``. This     1737 -  There is also a field ``fifo_size``. This specifies the size of the
1662    hardware FIFO, but currently it is neither !! 1738    hardware FIFO, but currently it is neither used in the driver nor
1663    in the alsa-lib. So, you can ignore this f    1739    in the alsa-lib. So, you can ignore this field.
1664                                                  1740 
1665 PCM Configurations                               1741 PCM Configurations
1666 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                               1742 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1667                                                  1743 
1668 Ok, let's go back again to the PCM runtime re    1744 Ok, let's go back again to the PCM runtime records. The most
1669 frequently referred records in the runtime in    1745 frequently referred records in the runtime instance are the PCM
1670 configurations. The PCM configurations are st    1746 configurations. The PCM configurations are stored in the runtime
1671 instance after the application sends ``hw_par    1747 instance after the application sends ``hw_params`` data via
1672 alsa-lib. There are many fields copied from h    1748 alsa-lib. There are many fields copied from hw_params and sw_params
1673 structs. For example, ``format`` holds the fo    1749 structs. For example, ``format`` holds the format type chosen by the
1674 application. This field contains the enum val    1750 application. This field contains the enum value
1675 ``SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_XXX``.                        1751 ``SNDRV_PCM_FORMAT_XXX``.
1676                                                  1752 
1677 One thing to be noted is that the configured     1753 One thing to be noted is that the configured buffer and period sizes
1678 are stored in “frames” in the runtime. In    1754 are stored in “frames” in the runtime. In the ALSA world, ``1 frame =
1679 channels \* samples-size``. For conversion be    1755 channels \* samples-size``. For conversion between frames and bytes,
1680 you can use the :c:func:`frames_to_bytes()` a    1756 you can use the :c:func:`frames_to_bytes()` and
1681 :c:func:`bytes_to_frames()` helper functions: !! 1757 :c:func:`bytes_to_frames()` helper functions.
                                                   >> 1758 
                                                   >> 1759 ::
1682                                                  1760 
1683   period_bytes = frames_to_bytes(runtime, run    1761   period_bytes = frames_to_bytes(runtime, runtime->period_size);
1684                                                  1762 
1685 Also, many software parameters (sw_params) ar    1763 Also, many software parameters (sw_params) are stored in frames, too.
1686 Please check the type of the field. ``snd_pcm !! 1764 Please check the type of the field. ``snd_pcm_uframes_t`` is for the
1687 frames as unsigned integer while ``snd_pcm_sf !! 1765 frames as unsigned integer while ``snd_pcm_sframes_t`` is for the
1688 frames as signed integer.                        1766 frames as signed integer.
1689                                                  1767 
1690 DMA Buffer Information                           1768 DMA Buffer Information
1691 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                           1769 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1692                                                  1770 
1693 The DMA buffer is defined by the following fo !! 1771 The DMA buffer is defined by the following four fields, ``dma_area``,
1694 ``dma_addr``, ``dma_bytes`` and ``dma_private !! 1772 ``dma_addr``, ``dma_bytes`` and ``dma_private``. The ``dma_area``
1695 holds the buffer pointer (the logical address    1773 holds the buffer pointer (the logical address). You can call
1696 :c:func:`memcpy()` from/to this pointer. Mean    1774 :c:func:`memcpy()` from/to this pointer. Meanwhile, ``dma_addr`` holds
1697 the physical address of the buffer. This fiel    1775 the physical address of the buffer. This field is specified only when
1698 the buffer is a linear buffer. ``dma_bytes``  !! 1776 the buffer is a linear buffer. ``dma_bytes`` holds the size of buffer
1699 buffer in bytes. ``dma_private`` is used for  !! 1777 in bytes. ``dma_private`` is used for the ALSA DMA allocator.
1700                                                  1778 
1701 If you use either the managed buffer allocati !! 1779 If you use a standard ALSA function,
1702 API function :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_page !! 1780 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()`, for allocating the buffer,
1703 these fields are set by the ALSA middle layer    1781 these fields are set by the ALSA middle layer, and you should *not*
1704 change them by yourself. You can read them bu    1782 change them by yourself. You can read them but not write them. On the
1705 other hand, if you want to allocate the buffe    1783 other hand, if you want to allocate the buffer by yourself, you'll
1706 need to manage it in the hw_params callback.  !! 1784 need to manage it in hw_params callback. At least, ``dma_bytes`` is
1707 mandatory. ``dma_area`` is necessary when the    1785 mandatory. ``dma_area`` is necessary when the buffer is mmapped. If
1708 your driver doesn't support mmap, this field     1786 your driver doesn't support mmap, this field is not
1709 necessary. ``dma_addr`` is also optional. You    1787 necessary. ``dma_addr`` is also optional. You can use dma_private as
1710 you like, too.                                   1788 you like, too.
1711                                                  1789 
1712 Running Status                                   1790 Running Status
1713 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                   1791 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1714                                                  1792 
1715 The running status can be referred via ``runt    1793 The running status can be referred via ``runtime->status``. This is
1716 a pointer to a struct snd_pcm_mmap_status rec !! 1794 the pointer to the :c:type:`struct snd_pcm_mmap_status
1717 For example, you can get the current          !! 1795 <snd_pcm_mmap_status>` record. For example, you can get the current
1718 DMA hardware pointer via ``runtime->status->h    1796 DMA hardware pointer via ``runtime->status->hw_ptr``.
1719                                                  1797 
1720 The DMA application pointer can be referred v    1798 The DMA application pointer can be referred via ``runtime->control``,
1721 which points to a struct snd_pcm_mmap_control !! 1799 which points to the :c:type:`struct snd_pcm_mmap_control
1722 However, accessing this value directly is not !! 1800 <snd_pcm_mmap_control>` record. However, accessing directly to
                                                   >> 1801 this value is not recommended.
1723                                                  1802 
1724 Private Data                                     1803 Private Data
1725 ~~~~~~~~~~~~                                     1804 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
1726                                                  1805 
1727 You can allocate a record for the substream a    1806 You can allocate a record for the substream and store it in
1728 ``runtime->private_data``. Usually, this is d    1807 ``runtime->private_data``. Usually, this is done in the `PCM open
1729 callback`_. Don't mix this with ``pcm->privat    1808 callback`_. Don't mix this with ``pcm->private_data``. The
1730 ``pcm->private_data`` usually points to the c    1809 ``pcm->private_data`` usually points to the chip instance assigned
1731 statically at creation time of the PCM device !! 1810 statically at the creation of PCM, while the ``runtime->private_data``
1732 ``runtime->private_data``                     !! 1811 points to a dynamic data structure created at the PCM open
1733 points to a dynamic data structure created in !! 1812 callback.
1734 callback::                                    !! 1813 
                                                   >> 1814 ::
1735                                                  1815 
1736   static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_subs    1816   static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1737   {                                              1817   {
1738           struct my_pcm_data *data;              1818           struct my_pcm_data *data;
1739           ....                                   1819           ....
1740           data = kmalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_K    1820           data = kmalloc(sizeof(*data), GFP_KERNEL);
1741           substream->runtime->private_data =     1821           substream->runtime->private_data = data;
1742           ....                                   1822           ....
1743   }                                              1823   }
1744                                                  1824 
1745                                                  1825 
1746 The allocated object must be released in the     1826 The allocated object must be released in the `close callback`_.
1747                                                  1827 
1748 Operators                                        1828 Operators
1749 ---------                                        1829 ---------
1750                                                  1830 
1751 OK, now let me give details about each PCM ca !! 1831 OK, now let me give details about each pcm callback (``ops``). In
1752 general, every callback must return 0 if succ    1832 general, every callback must return 0 if successful, or a negative
1753 error number such as ``-EINVAL``. To choose a    1833 error number such as ``-EINVAL``. To choose an appropriate error
1754 number, it is advised to check what value oth    1834 number, it is advised to check what value other parts of the kernel
1755 return when the same kind of request fails.      1835 return when the same kind of request fails.
1756                                                  1836 
1757 Each callback function takes at least one arg !! 1837 The callback function takes at least the argument with :c:type:`struct
1758 struct snd_pcm_substream pointer. To retrieve !! 1838 snd_pcm_substream <snd_pcm_substream>` pointer. To retrieve the chip
1759 record from the given substream instance, you    1839 record from the given substream instance, you can use the following
1760 macro::                                       !! 1840 macro.
                                                   >> 1841 
                                                   >> 1842 ::
1761                                                  1843 
1762   int xxx(...) {                              !! 1844   int xxx() {
1763           struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_subst    1845           struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1764           ....                                   1846           ....
1765   }                                              1847   }
1766                                                  1848 
1767 The macro reads ``substream->private_data``,     1849 The macro reads ``substream->private_data``, which is a copy of
1768 ``pcm->private_data``. You can override the f    1850 ``pcm->private_data``. You can override the former if you need to
1769 assign different data records per PCM substre    1851 assign different data records per PCM substream. For example, the
1770 cmi8330 driver assigns different ``private_da    1852 cmi8330 driver assigns different ``private_data`` for playback and
1771 capture directions, because it uses two diffe    1853 capture directions, because it uses two different codecs (SB- and
1772 AD-compatible) for different directions.         1854 AD-compatible) for different directions.
1773                                                  1855 
1774 PCM open callback                                1856 PCM open callback
1775 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                1857 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1776                                                  1858 
1777 ::                                               1859 ::
1778                                                  1860 
1779   static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_subs    1861   static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
1780                                                  1862 
1781 This is called when a PCM substream is opened !! 1863 This is called when a pcm substream is opened.
1782                                                  1864 
1783 At least, here you have to initialize the ``r    1865 At least, here you have to initialize the ``runtime->hw``
1784 record. Typically, this is done like this::   !! 1866 record. Typically, this is done by like this:
                                                   >> 1867 
                                                   >> 1868 ::
1785                                                  1869 
1786   static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_subs    1870   static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1787   {                                              1871   {
1788           struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_subst    1872           struct mychip *chip = snd_pcm_substream_chip(substream);
1789           struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = s    1873           struct snd_pcm_runtime *runtime = substream->runtime;
1790                                                  1874 
1791           runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_h    1875           runtime->hw = snd_mychip_playback_hw;
1792           return 0;                              1876           return 0;
1793   }                                              1877   }
1794                                                  1878 
1795 where ``snd_mychip_playback_hw`` is the pre-d    1879 where ``snd_mychip_playback_hw`` is the pre-defined hardware
1796 description.                                     1880 description.
1797                                                  1881 
1798 You can allocate private data in this callbac !! 1882 You can allocate a private data in this callback, as described in
1799 `Private Data`_ section.                         1883 `Private Data`_ section.
1800                                                  1884 
1801 If the hardware configuration needs more cons    1885 If the hardware configuration needs more constraints, set the hardware
1802 constraints here, too. See Constraints_ for m    1886 constraints here, too. See Constraints_ for more details.
1803                                                  1887 
1804 close callback                                   1888 close callback
1805 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                   1889 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1806                                                  1890 
1807 ::                                               1891 ::
1808                                                  1892 
1809   static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_sub    1893   static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
1810                                                  1894 
1811                                                  1895 
1812 Obviously, this is called when a PCM substrea !! 1896 Obviously, this is called when a pcm substream is closed.
1813                                                  1897 
1814 Any private instance for a PCM substream allo !! 1898 Any private instance for a pcm substream allocated in the ``open``
1815 callback will be released here::              !! 1899 callback will be released here.
                                                   >> 1900 
                                                   >> 1901 ::
1816                                                  1902 
1817   static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_sub    1903   static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
1818   {                                              1904   {
1819           ....                                   1905           ....
1820           kfree(substream->runtime->private_d    1906           kfree(substream->runtime->private_data);
1821           ....                                   1907           ....
1822   }                                              1908   }
1823                                                  1909 
1824 ioctl callback                                   1910 ioctl callback
1825 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                   1911 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1826                                                  1912 
1827 This is used for any special call to PCM ioct !! 1913 This is used for any special call to pcm ioctls. But usually you can
1828 leave it NULL, then the PCM core calls the ge !! 1914 pass a generic ioctl callback, :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_ioctl()`.
1829 function :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_ioctl()`.  If y << 
1830 unique setup of channel info or reset procedu << 
1831 callback function here.                       << 
1832                                                  1915 
1833 hw_params callback                               1916 hw_params callback
1834 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                              1917 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1835                                                  1918 
1836 ::                                               1919 ::
1837                                                  1920 
1838   static int snd_xxx_hw_params(struct snd_pcm    1921   static int snd_xxx_hw_params(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
1839                                struct snd_pcm    1922                                struct snd_pcm_hw_params *hw_params);
1840                                                  1923 
1841 This is called when the hardware parameters ( !! 1924 This is called when the hardware parameter (``hw_params``) is set up
1842 by the application, that is, once when the bu    1925 by the application, that is, once when the buffer size, the period
1843 size, the format, etc. are defined for the PC !! 1926 size, the format, etc. are defined for the pcm substream.
1844                                                  1927 
1845 Many hardware setups should be done in this c    1928 Many hardware setups should be done in this callback, including the
1846 allocation of buffers.                           1929 allocation of buffers.
1847                                                  1930 
1848 Parameters to be initialized are retrieved by !! 1931 Parameters to be initialized are retrieved by
1849 :c:func:`params_xxx()` macros.                !! 1932 :c:func:`params_xxx()` macros. To allocate buffer, you can call a
                                                   >> 1933 helper function,
1850                                                  1934 
1851 When you choose managed buffer allocation mod !! 1935 ::
1852 a buffer is already allocated before this cal << 
1853 called. Alternatively, you can call a helper  << 
1854 allocating the buffer::                       << 
1855                                                  1936 
1856   snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, params_    1937   snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, params_buffer_bytes(hw_params));
1857                                                  1938 
1858 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` is avail    1939 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` is available only when the
1859 DMA buffers have been pre-allocated. See the     1940 DMA buffers have been pre-allocated. See the section `Buffer Types`_
1860 for more details.                                1941 for more details.
1861                                                  1942 
1862 Note that this one and the ``prepare`` callba !! 1943 Note that this and ``prepare`` callbacks may be called multiple times
1863 times per initialization. For example, the OS !! 1944 per initialization. For example, the OSS emulation may call these
1864 callbacks at each change via its ioctl.          1945 callbacks at each change via its ioctl.
1865                                                  1946 
1866 Thus, you need to be careful not to allocate     1947 Thus, you need to be careful not to allocate the same buffers many
1867 times, which will lead to memory leaks! Calli    1948 times, which will lead to memory leaks! Calling the helper function
1868 above many times is OK. It will release the p    1949 above many times is OK. It will release the previous buffer
1869 automatically when it was already allocated.     1950 automatically when it was already allocated.
1870                                                  1951 
1871 Another note is that this callback is non-ato !! 1952 Another note is that this callback is non-atomic (schedulable) as
1872 default, i.e. when no ``nonatomic`` flag set.    1953 default, i.e. when no ``nonatomic`` flag set. This is important,
1873 because the ``trigger`` callback is atomic (n    1954 because the ``trigger`` callback is atomic (non-schedulable). That is,
1874 mutexes or any schedule-related functions are !! 1955 mutexes or any schedule-related functions are not available in
1875 ``trigger`` callback. Please see the subsecti    1956 ``trigger`` callback. Please see the subsection Atomicity_ for
1876 details.                                         1957 details.
1877                                                  1958 
1878 hw_free callback                                 1959 hw_free callback
1879 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                1960 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1880                                                  1961 
1881 ::                                               1962 ::
1882                                                  1963 
1883   static int snd_xxx_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_s    1964   static int snd_xxx_hw_free(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
1884                                                  1965 
1885 This is called to release the resources alloc    1966 This is called to release the resources allocated via
1886 ``hw_params``.                                !! 1967 ``hw_params``. For example, releasing the buffer via
                                                   >> 1968 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` is done by calling the
                                                   >> 1969 following:
1887                                                  1970 
1888 This function is always called before the clo !! 1971 ::
1889 Also, the callback may be called multiple tim << 
1890 whether each resource was already released.   << 
1891                                               << 
1892 When you have chosen managed buffer allocatio << 
1893 substream, the allocated PCM buffer will be a << 
1894 after this callback gets called.  Otherwise y << 
1895 buffer manually.  Typically, when the buffer  << 
1896 pre-allocated pool, you can use the standard  << 
1897 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` like::   << 
1898                                                  1972 
1899   snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream);             1973   snd_pcm_lib_free_pages(substream);
1900                                                  1974 
                                                   >> 1975 This function is always called before the close callback is called.
                                                   >> 1976 Also, the callback may be called multiple times, too. Keep track
                                                   >> 1977 whether the resource was already released.
                                                   >> 1978 
1901 prepare callback                                 1979 prepare callback
1902 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                 1980 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1903                                                  1981 
1904 ::                                               1982 ::
1905                                                  1983 
1906   static int snd_xxx_prepare(struct snd_pcm_s    1984   static int snd_xxx_prepare(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream);
1907                                                  1985 
1908 This callback is called when the PCM is “pr !! 1986 This callback is called when the pcm is “prepared”. You can set the
1909 format type, sample rate, etc. here. The diff    1987 format type, sample rate, etc. here. The difference from ``hw_params``
1910 is that the ``prepare`` callback will be call    1988 is that the ``prepare`` callback will be called each time
1911 :c:func:`snd_pcm_prepare()` is called, i.e. w    1989 :c:func:`snd_pcm_prepare()` is called, i.e. when recovering after
1912 underruns, etc.                                  1990 underruns, etc.
1913                                                  1991 
1914 Note that this callback is non-atomic. You ca !! 1992 Note that this callback is now non-atomic. You can use
1915 schedule-related functions safely in this cal    1993 schedule-related functions safely in this callback.
1916                                                  1994 
1917 In this and the following callbacks, you can     1995 In this and the following callbacks, you can refer to the values via
1918 the runtime record, ``substream->runtime``. F    1996 the runtime record, ``substream->runtime``. For example, to get the
1919 current rate, format or channels, access to `    1997 current rate, format or channels, access to ``runtime->rate``,
1920 ``runtime->format`` or ``runtime->channels``,    1998 ``runtime->format`` or ``runtime->channels``, respectively. The
1921 physical address of the allocated buffer is s    1999 physical address of the allocated buffer is set to
1922 ``runtime->dma_area``. The buffer and period     2000 ``runtime->dma_area``. The buffer and period sizes are in
1923 ``runtime->buffer_size`` and ``runtime->perio    2001 ``runtime->buffer_size`` and ``runtime->period_size``, respectively.
1924                                                  2002 
1925 Be careful that this callback will be called     2003 Be careful that this callback will be called many times at each setup,
1926 too.                                             2004 too.
1927                                                  2005 
1928 trigger callback                                 2006 trigger callback
1929 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                 2007 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
1930                                                  2008 
1931 ::                                               2009 ::
1932                                                  2010 
1933   static int snd_xxx_trigger(struct snd_pcm_s    2011   static int snd_xxx_trigger(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int cmd);
1934                                                  2012 
1935 This is called when the PCM is started, stopp !! 2013 This is called when the pcm is started, stopped or paused.
1936                                                  2014 
1937 The action is specified in the second argumen !! 2015 Which action is specified in the second argument,
1938 defined in ``<sound/pcm.h>``. At least, the ` !! 2016 ``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_XXX`` in ``<sound/pcm.h>``. At least, the ``START``
1939 and ``STOP`` commands must be defined in this !! 2017 and ``STOP`` commands must be defined in this callback.
                                                   >> 2018 
                                                   >> 2019 ::
1940                                                  2020 
1941   switch (cmd) {                                 2021   switch (cmd) {
1942   case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:                  2022   case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_START:
1943           /* do something to start the PCM en    2023           /* do something to start the PCM engine */
1944           break;                                 2024           break;
1945   case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:                   2025   case SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_STOP:
1946           /* do something to stop the PCM eng    2026           /* do something to stop the PCM engine */
1947           break;                                 2027           break;
1948   default:                                       2028   default:
1949           return -EINVAL;                        2029           return -EINVAL;
1950   }                                              2030   }
1951                                                  2031 
1952 When the PCM supports the pause operation (gi !! 2032 When the pcm supports the pause operation (given in the info field of
1953 the hardware table), the ``PAUSE_PUSH`` and `    2033 the hardware table), the ``PAUSE_PUSH`` and ``PAUSE_RELEASE`` commands
1954 must be handled here, too. The former is the  !! 2034 must be handled here, too. The former is the command to pause the pcm,
1955 and the latter to restart the PCM again.      !! 2035 and the latter to restart the pcm again.
1956                                                  2036 
1957 When the PCM supports the suspend/resume oper !! 2037 When the pcm supports the suspend/resume operation, regardless of full
1958 or partial suspend/resume support, the ``SUSP    2038 or partial suspend/resume support, the ``SUSPEND`` and ``RESUME``
1959 commands must be handled, too. These commands    2039 commands must be handled, too. These commands are issued when the
1960 power-management status is changed. Obviously    2040 power-management status is changed. Obviously, the ``SUSPEND`` and
1961 ``RESUME`` commands suspend and resume the PC !! 2041 ``RESUME`` commands suspend and resume the pcm substream, and usually,
1962 they are identical to the ``STOP`` and ``STAR    2042 they are identical to the ``STOP`` and ``START`` commands, respectively.
1963 See the `Power Management`_ section for detai    2043 See the `Power Management`_ section for details.
1964                                                  2044 
1965 As mentioned, this callback is atomic by defa !! 2045 As mentioned, this callback is atomic as default unless ``nonatomic``
1966 flag set, and you cannot call functions which    2046 flag set, and you cannot call functions which may sleep. The
1967 ``trigger`` callback should be as minimal as     2047 ``trigger`` callback should be as minimal as possible, just really
1968 triggering the DMA. The other stuff should be !! 2048 triggering the DMA. The other stuff should be initialized
1969 ``hw_params`` and ``prepare`` callbacks prope    2049 ``hw_params`` and ``prepare`` callbacks properly beforehand.
1970                                                  2050 
1971 sync_stop callback                            << 
1972 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                            << 
1973                                               << 
1974 ::                                            << 
1975                                               << 
1976   static int snd_xxx_sync_stop(struct snd_pcm << 
1977                                               << 
1978 This callback is optional, and NULL can be pa << 
1979 the PCM core stops the stream, before it chan << 
1980 ``prepare``, ``hw_params`` or ``hw_free``.    << 
1981 Since the IRQ handler might be still pending, << 
1982 the pending task finishes before moving to th << 
1983 might lead to a crash due to resource conflic << 
1984 resources.  A typical behavior is to call a s << 
1985 like :c:func:`synchronize_irq()` here.        << 
1986                                               << 
1987 For the majority of drivers that need only a  << 
1988 :c:func:`synchronize_irq()`, there is a simpl << 
1989 While keeping the ``sync_stop`` PCM callback  << 
1990 the ``card->sync_irq`` field to the returned  << 
1991 requesting an IRQ, instead.   Then PCM core w << 
1992 :c:func:`synchronize_irq()` with the given IR << 
1993                                               << 
1994 If the IRQ handler is released by the card de << 
1995 to clear ``card->sync_irq``, as the card itse << 
1996 So, usually you'll need to add just a single  << 
1997 ``card->sync_irq`` in the driver code unless  << 
1998 the IRQ.  When the driver frees and re-acquir << 
1999 (e.g. for suspend/resume), it needs to clear  << 
2000 ``card->sync_irq`` again appropriately.       << 
2001                                               << 
2002 pointer callback                                 2051 pointer callback
2003 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                 2052 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2004                                                  2053 
2005 ::                                               2054 ::
2006                                                  2055 
2007   static snd_pcm_uframes_t snd_xxx_pointer(st    2056   static snd_pcm_uframes_t snd_xxx_pointer(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
2008                                                  2057 
2009 This callback is called when the PCM middle l    2058 This callback is called when the PCM middle layer inquires the current
2010 hardware position in the buffer. The position !! 2059 hardware position on the buffer. The position must be returned in
2011 frames, ranging from 0 to ``buffer_size - 1``    2060 frames, ranging from 0 to ``buffer_size - 1``. 
2012                                                  2061 
2013 This is usually called from the buffer-update !! 2062 This is called usually from the buffer-update routine in the pcm
2014 middle layer, which is invoked when :c:func:`    2063 middle layer, which is invoked when :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`
2015 is called by the interrupt routine. Then the  !! 2064 is called in the interrupt routine. Then the pcm middle layer updates
2016 the position and calculates the available spa    2065 the position and calculates the available space, and wakes up the
2017 sleeping poll threads, etc.                      2066 sleeping poll threads, etc.
2018                                                  2067 
2019 This callback is also atomic by default.      !! 2068 This callback is also atomic as default.
2020                                                  2069 
2021 copy and fill_silence ops                     !! 2070 copy_user, copy_kernel and fill_silence ops
2022 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                     !! 2071 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2023                                                  2072 
2024 These callbacks are not mandatory, and can be    2073 These callbacks are not mandatory, and can be omitted in most cases.
2025 These callbacks are used when the hardware bu    2074 These callbacks are used when the hardware buffer cannot be in the
2026 normal memory space. Some chips have their ow !! 2075 normal memory space. Some chips have their own buffer on the hardware
2027 which is not mappable. In such a case, you ha    2076 which is not mappable. In such a case, you have to transfer the data
2028 manually from the memory buffer to the hardwa    2077 manually from the memory buffer to the hardware buffer. Or, if the
2029 buffer is non-contiguous on both physical and    2078 buffer is non-contiguous on both physical and virtual memory spaces,
2030 these callbacks must be defined, too.            2079 these callbacks must be defined, too.
2031                                                  2080 
2032 If these two callbacks are defined, copy and     2081 If these two callbacks are defined, copy and set-silence operations
2033 are done by them. The details will be describ !! 2082 are done by them. The detailed will be described in the later section
2034 `Buffer and Memory Management`_.                 2083 `Buffer and Memory Management`_.
2035                                                  2084 
2036 ack callback                                     2085 ack callback
2037 ~~~~~~~~~~~~                                     2086 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
2038                                                  2087 
2039 This callback is also not mandatory. This cal    2088 This callback is also not mandatory. This callback is called when the
2040 ``appl_ptr`` is updated in read or write oper    2089 ``appl_ptr`` is updated in read or write operations. Some drivers like
2041 emu10k1-fx and cs46xx need to track the curre    2090 emu10k1-fx and cs46xx need to track the current ``appl_ptr`` for the
2042 internal buffer, and this callback is useful     2091 internal buffer, and this callback is useful only for such a purpose.
2043                                                  2092 
2044 The callback function may return 0 or a negat !! 2093 This callback is atomic as default.
2045 return value is ``-EPIPE``, PCM core treats t << 
2046 and changes the state to ``SNDRV_PCM_STATE_XR << 
2047                                               << 
2048 This callback is atomic by default.           << 
2049                                                  2094 
2050 page callback                                    2095 page callback
2051 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                    2096 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2052                                                  2097 
2053 This callback is optional too. The mmap calls !! 2098 This callback is optional too. This callback is used mainly for
2054 page fault address.                           !! 2099 non-contiguous buffers. The mmap calls this callback to get the page
2055                                               !! 2100 address. Some examples will be explained in the later section `Buffer
2056 You need no special callback for the standard !! 2101 and Memory Management`_, too.
2057 buffer. Hence this callback should be rarely  << 
2058                                                  2102 
2059 mmap callback                                 !! 2103 mmap calllback
2060 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                 !! 2104 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2061                                                  2105 
2062 This is another optional callback for control    2106 This is another optional callback for controlling mmap behavior.
2063 When defined, the PCM core calls this callbac !! 2107 Once when defined, PCM core calls this callback when a page is
2064 memory-mapped, instead of using the standard  !! 2108 memory-mapped instead of dealing via the standard helper.
2065 If you need special handling (due to some arc    2109 If you need special handling (due to some architecture or
2066 device-specific issues), implement everything    2110 device-specific issues), implement everything here as you like.
2067                                                  2111 
2068                                                  2112 
2069 PCM Interrupt Handler                            2113 PCM Interrupt Handler
2070 ---------------------                            2114 ---------------------
2071                                                  2115 
2072 The remainder of the PCM stuff is the PCM int !! 2116 The rest of pcm stuff is the PCM interrupt handler. The role of PCM
2073 of the PCM                                    << 
2074 interrupt handler in the sound driver is to u    2117 interrupt handler in the sound driver is to update the buffer position
2075 and to tell the PCM middle layer when the buf    2118 and to tell the PCM middle layer when the buffer position goes across
2076 the specified period boundary. To inform abou !! 2119 the prescribed period size. To inform this, call the
2077 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` function.     2120 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` function.
2078                                                  2121 
2079 There are several ways sound chips can genera !! 2122 There are several types of sound chips to generate the interrupts.
2080                                                  2123 
2081 Interrupts at the period (fragment) boundary     2124 Interrupts at the period (fragment) boundary
2082 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~     2125 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2083                                                  2126 
2084 This is the most frequently found type: the h    2127 This is the most frequently found type: the hardware generates an
2085 interrupt at each period boundary. In this ca    2128 interrupt at each period boundary. In this case, you can call
2086 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` at each in    2129 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` at each interrupt.
2087                                                  2130 
2088 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` takes the     2131 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` takes the substream pointer as
2089 its argument. Thus, you need to keep the subs    2132 its argument. Thus, you need to keep the substream pointer accessible
2090 from the chip instance. For example, define `    2133 from the chip instance. For example, define ``substream`` field in the
2091 chip record to hold the current running subst    2134 chip record to hold the current running substream pointer, and set the
2092 pointer value at ``open`` callback (and reset    2135 pointer value at ``open`` callback (and reset at ``close`` callback).
2093                                                  2136 
2094 If you acquire a spinlock in the interrupt ha    2137 If you acquire a spinlock in the interrupt handler, and the lock is used
2095 in other PCM callbacks, too, then you have to !! 2138 in other pcm callbacks, too, then you have to release the lock before
2096 calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`, b    2139 calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`, because
2097 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` calls othe !! 2140 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` calls other pcm callbacks
2098 inside.                                          2141 inside.
2099                                                  2142 
2100 Typical code would look like::                !! 2143 Typical code would be like:
                                                   >> 2144 
                                                   >> 2145 ::
2101                                                  2146 
2102                                                  2147 
2103       static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt    2148       static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
2104       {                                          2149       {
2105               struct mychip *chip = dev_id;      2150               struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
2106               spin_lock(&chip->lock);            2151               spin_lock(&chip->lock);
2107               ....                               2152               ....
2108               if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {       2153               if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {
2109                       /* call updater, unlock    2154                       /* call updater, unlock before it */
2110                       spin_unlock(&chip->lock    2155                       spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
2111                       snd_pcm_period_elapsed(    2156                       snd_pcm_period_elapsed(chip->substream);
2112                       spin_lock(&chip->lock);    2157                       spin_lock(&chip->lock);
2113                       /* acknowledge the inte    2158                       /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */
2114               }                                  2159               }
2115               ....                               2160               ....
2116               spin_unlock(&chip->lock);          2161               spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
2117               return IRQ_HANDLED;                2162               return IRQ_HANDLED;
2118       }                                          2163       }
2119                                                  2164 
2120 Also, when the device can detect a buffer und << 
2121 can notify the XRUN status to the PCM core by << 
2122 :c:func:`snd_pcm_stop_xrun()`. This function  << 
2123 the PCM state to ``SNDRV_PCM_STATE_XRUN``. No << 
2124 outside the PCM stream lock, hence it can't b << 
2125 callback.                                     << 
2126                                                  2165 
2127                                                  2166 
2128 High frequency timer interrupts                  2167 High frequency timer interrupts
2129 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                  2168 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2130                                                  2169 
2131 This happens when the hardware doesn't genera    2170 This happens when the hardware doesn't generate interrupts at the period
2132 boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fix    2171 boundary but issues timer interrupts at a fixed timer rate (e.g. es1968
2133 or ymfpci drivers). In this case, you need to    2172 or ymfpci drivers). In this case, you need to check the current hardware
2134 position and accumulate the processed sample     2173 position and accumulate the processed sample length at each interrupt.
2135 When the accumulated size exceeds the period     2174 When the accumulated size exceeds the period size, call
2136 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` and reset     2175 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` and reset the accumulator.
2137                                                  2176 
2138 Typical code would look as follows::          !! 2177 Typical code would be like the following.
                                                   >> 2178 
                                                   >> 2179 ::
2139                                                  2180 
2140                                                  2181 
2141       static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt    2182       static irqreturn_t snd_mychip_interrupt(int irq, void *dev_id)
2142       {                                          2183       {
2143               struct mychip *chip = dev_id;      2184               struct mychip *chip = dev_id;
2144               spin_lock(&chip->lock);            2185               spin_lock(&chip->lock);
2145               ....                               2186               ....
2146               if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {       2187               if (pcm_irq_invoked(chip)) {
2147                       unsigned int last_ptr,     2188                       unsigned int last_ptr, size;
2148                       /* get the current hard    2189                       /* get the current hardware pointer (in frames) */
2149                       last_ptr = get_hw_ptr(c    2190                       last_ptr = get_hw_ptr(chip);
2150                       /* calculate the proces    2191                       /* calculate the processed frames since the
2151                        * last update             2192                        * last update
2152                        */                        2193                        */
2153                       if (last_ptr < chip->la    2194                       if (last_ptr < chip->last_ptr)
2154                               size = runtime-    2195                               size = runtime->buffer_size + last_ptr
2155                                        - chip    2196                                        - chip->last_ptr;
2156                       else                       2197                       else
2157                               size = last_ptr    2198                               size = last_ptr - chip->last_ptr;
2158                       /* remember the last up    2199                       /* remember the last updated point */
2159                       chip->last_ptr = last_p    2200                       chip->last_ptr = last_ptr;
2160                       /* accumulate the size     2201                       /* accumulate the size */
2161                       chip->size += size;        2202                       chip->size += size;
2162                       /* over the period boun    2203                       /* over the period boundary? */
2163                       if (chip->size >= runti    2204                       if (chip->size >= runtime->period_size) {
2164                               /* reset the ac    2205                               /* reset the accumulator */
2165                               chip->size %= r    2206                               chip->size %= runtime->period_size;
2166                               /* call updater    2207                               /* call updater */
2167                               spin_unlock(&ch    2208                               spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
2168                               snd_pcm_period_    2209                               snd_pcm_period_elapsed(substream);
2169                               spin_lock(&chip    2210                               spin_lock(&chip->lock);
2170                       }                          2211                       }
2171                       /* acknowledge the inte    2212                       /* acknowledge the interrupt if necessary */
2172               }                                  2213               }
2173               ....                               2214               ....
2174               spin_unlock(&chip->lock);          2215               spin_unlock(&chip->lock);
2175               return IRQ_HANDLED;                2216               return IRQ_HANDLED;
2176       }                                          2217       }
2177                                                  2218 
2178                                                  2219 
2179                                                  2220 
2180 On calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`    2221 On calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()`
2181 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~    2222 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2182                                                  2223 
2183 In both cases, even if more than one period h !! 2224 In both cases, even if more than one period are elapsed, you don't have
2184 to call :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` ma    2225 to call :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` many times. Call only
2185 once. And the PCM layer will check the curren !! 2226 once. And the pcm layer will check the current hardware pointer and
2186 update to the latest status.                     2227 update to the latest status.
2187                                                  2228 
2188 Atomicity                                        2229 Atomicity
2189 ---------                                        2230 ---------
2190                                                  2231 
2191 One of the most important (and thus difficult    2232 One of the most important (and thus difficult to debug) problems in
2192 kernel programming are race conditions. In th    2233 kernel programming are race conditions. In the Linux kernel, they are
2193 usually avoided via spin-locks, mutexes or se    2234 usually avoided via spin-locks, mutexes or semaphores. In general, if a
2194 race condition can happen in an interrupt han    2235 race condition can happen in an interrupt handler, it has to be managed
2195 atomically, and you have to use a spinlock to    2236 atomically, and you have to use a spinlock to protect the critical
2196 section. If the critical section is not in in !! 2237 session. If the critical section is not in interrupt handler code and if
2197 taking a relatively long time to execute is a    2238 taking a relatively long time to execute is acceptable, you should use
2198 mutexes or semaphores instead.                   2239 mutexes or semaphores instead.
2199                                                  2240 
2200 As already seen, some PCM callbacks are atomi !! 2241 As already seen, some pcm callbacks are atomic and some are not. For
2201 example, the ``hw_params`` callback is non-at !! 2242 example, the ``hw_params`` callback is non-atomic, while ``trigger``
2202 callback is atomic. This means, the latter is    2243 callback is atomic. This means, the latter is called already in a
2203 spinlock held by the PCM middle layer, the PC !! 2244 spinlock held by the PCM middle layer. Please take this atomicity into
2204 take this atomicity into account when you cho !! 2245 account when you choose a locking scheme in the callbacks.
2205 the callbacks.                                << 
2206                                                  2246 
2207 In the atomic callbacks, you cannot use funct    2247 In the atomic callbacks, you cannot use functions which may call
2208 :c:func:`schedule()` or go to :c:func:`sleep(    2248 :c:func:`schedule()` or go to :c:func:`sleep()`. Semaphores and
2209 mutexes can sleep, and hence they cannot be u    2249 mutexes can sleep, and hence they cannot be used inside the atomic
2210 callbacks (e.g. ``trigger`` callback). To imp    2250 callbacks (e.g. ``trigger`` callback). To implement some delay in such a
2211 callback, please use :c:func:`udelay()` or :c    2251 callback, please use :c:func:`udelay()` or :c:func:`mdelay()`.
2212                                                  2252 
2213 All three atomic callbacks (trigger, pointer,    2253 All three atomic callbacks (trigger, pointer, and ack) are called with
2214 local interrupts disabled.                       2254 local interrupts disabled.
2215                                                  2255 
2216 However, it is possible to request all PCM op !! 2256 The recent changes in PCM core code, however, allow all PCM operations
2217 This assumes that all call sites are in       !! 2257 to be non-atomic. This assumes that the all caller sides are in
2218 non-atomic contexts. For example, the functio    2258 non-atomic contexts. For example, the function
2219 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` is called     2259 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` is called typically from the
2220 interrupt handler. But, if you set up the dri    2260 interrupt handler. But, if you set up the driver to use a threaded
2221 interrupt handler, this call can be in non-at    2261 interrupt handler, this call can be in non-atomic context, too. In such
2222 a case, you can set the ``nonatomic`` field o !! 2262 a case, you can set ``nonatomic`` filed of :c:type:`struct snd_pcm
2223 after creating it. When this flag is set, mut !! 2263 <snd_pcm>` object after creating it. When this flag is set, mutex
2224 in the PCM core instead of spin and rwlocks,  !! 2264 and rwsem are used internally in the PCM core instead of spin and
2225 functions safely in a non-atomic              !! 2265 rwlocks, so that you can call all PCM functions safely in a non-atomic
2226 context.                                         2266 context.
2227                                                  2267 
2228 Also, in some cases, you might need to call   << 
2229 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed()` in the ato << 
2230 period gets elapsed during ``ack`` or other c << 
2231 variant that can be called inside the PCM str << 
2232 :c:func:`snd_pcm_period_elapsed_under_stream_ << 
2233 too.                                          << 
2234                                               << 
2235 Constraints                                      2268 Constraints
2236 -----------                                      2269 -----------
2237                                                  2270 
2238 Due to physical limitations, hardware is not  !! 2271 If your chip supports unconventional sample rates, or only the limited
2239 These limitations are expressed by setting co !! 2272 samples, you need to set a constraint for the condition.
2240                                                  2273 
2241 For example, in order to restrict the sample  !! 2274 For example, in order to restrict the sample rates in the some supported
2242 values, use :c:func:`snd_pcm_hw_constraint_li    2275 values, use :c:func:`snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list()`. You need to
2243 call this function in the open callback::     !! 2276 call this function in the open callback.
                                                   >> 2277 
                                                   >> 2278 ::
2244                                                  2279 
2245       static unsigned int rates[] =              2280       static unsigned int rates[] =
2246               {4000, 10000, 22050, 44100};       2281               {4000, 10000, 22050, 44100};
2247       static struct snd_pcm_hw_constraint_lis    2282       static struct snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list constraints_rates = {
2248               .count = ARRAY_SIZE(rates),        2283               .count = ARRAY_SIZE(rates),
2249               .list = rates,                     2284               .list = rates,
2250               .mask = 0,                         2285               .mask = 0,
2251       };                                         2286       };
2252                                                  2287 
2253       static int snd_mychip_pcm_open(struct s    2288       static int snd_mychip_pcm_open(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream)
2254       {                                          2289       {
2255               int err;                           2290               int err;
2256               ....                               2291               ....
2257               err = snd_pcm_hw_constraint_lis    2292               err = snd_pcm_hw_constraint_list(substream->runtime, 0,
2258                                                  2293                                                SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_RATE,
2259                                                  2294                                                &constraints_rates);
2260               if (err < 0)                       2295               if (err < 0)
2261                       return err;                2296                       return err;
2262               ....                               2297               ....
2263       }                                          2298       }
2264                                                  2299 
                                                   >> 2300 
                                                   >> 2301 
2265 There are many different constraints. Look at    2302 There are many different constraints. Look at ``sound/pcm.h`` for a
2266 complete list. You can even define your own c    2303 complete list. You can even define your own constraint rules. For
2267 example, let's suppose my_chip can manage a s    2304 example, let's suppose my_chip can manage a substream of 1 channel if
2268 and only if the format is ``S16_LE``, otherwi    2305 and only if the format is ``S16_LE``, otherwise it supports any format
2269 specified in struct snd_pcm_hardware (or in a !! 2306 specified in the :c:type:`struct snd_pcm_hardware
2270 constraint_list). You can build a rule like t !! 2307 <snd_pcm_hardware>` structure (or in any other
                                                   >> 2308 constraint_list). You can build a rule like this:
                                                   >> 2309 
                                                   >> 2310 ::
2271                                                  2311 
2272       static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(s    2312       static int hw_rule_channels_by_format(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
2273                                             s    2313                                             struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
2274       {                                          2314       {
2275               struct snd_interval *c = hw_par    2315               struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
2276                             SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARA    2316                             SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
2277               struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_m    2317               struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
2278               struct snd_interval ch;            2318               struct snd_interval ch;
2279                                                  2319 
2280               snd_interval_any(&ch);             2320               snd_interval_any(&ch);
2281               if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMT    2321               if (f->bits[0] == SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE) {
2282                       ch.min = ch.max = 1;       2322                       ch.min = ch.max = 1;
2283                       ch.integer = 1;            2323                       ch.integer = 1;
2284                       return snd_interval_ref    2324                       return snd_interval_refine(c, &ch);
2285               }                                  2325               }
2286               return 0;                          2326               return 0;
2287       }                                          2327       }
2288                                                  2328 
2289                                                  2329 
2290 Then you need to call this function to add yo !! 2330 Then you need to call this function to add your rule:
                                                   >> 2331 
                                                   >> 2332 ::
2291                                                  2333 
2292   snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0,     2334   snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS,
2293                       hw_rule_channels_by_for    2335                       hw_rule_channels_by_format, NULL,
2294                       SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORM    2336                       SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT, -1);
2295                                                  2337 
2296 The rule function is called when an applicati    2338 The rule function is called when an application sets the PCM format, and
2297 it refines the number of channels accordingly    2339 it refines the number of channels accordingly. But an application may
2298 set the number of channels before setting the    2340 set the number of channels before setting the format. Thus you also need
2299 to define the inverse rule::                  !! 2341 to define the inverse rule:
                                                   >> 2342 
                                                   >> 2343 ::
2300                                                  2344 
2301       static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(s    2345       static int hw_rule_format_by_channels(struct snd_pcm_hw_params *params,
2302                                             s    2346                                             struct snd_pcm_hw_rule *rule)
2303       {                                          2347       {
2304               struct snd_interval *c = hw_par    2348               struct snd_interval *c = hw_param_interval(params,
2305                     SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNE    2349                     SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS);
2306               struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_m    2350               struct snd_mask *f = hw_param_mask(params, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT);
2307               struct snd_mask fmt;               2351               struct snd_mask fmt;
2308                                                  2352 
2309               snd_mask_any(&fmt);    /* Init     2353               snd_mask_any(&fmt);    /* Init the struct */
2310               if (c->min < 2) {                  2354               if (c->min < 2) {
2311                       fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PC    2355                       fmt.bits[0] &= SNDRV_PCM_FMTBIT_S16_LE;
2312                       return snd_mask_refine(    2356                       return snd_mask_refine(f, &fmt);
2313               }                                  2357               }
2314               return 0;                          2358               return 0;
2315       }                                          2359       }
2316                                                  2360 
2317                                                  2361 
2318 ... and in the open callback::                !! 2362 ... and in the open callback:
                                                   >> 2363 
                                                   >> 2364 ::
2319                                                  2365 
2320   snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0,     2366   snd_pcm_hw_rule_add(substream->runtime, 0, SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_FORMAT,
2321                       hw_rule_format_by_chann    2367                       hw_rule_format_by_channels, NULL,
2322                       SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHAN    2368                       SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_CHANNELS, -1);
2323                                                  2369 
2324 One typical usage of the hw constraints is to    2370 One typical usage of the hw constraints is to align the buffer size
2325 with the period size.  By default, ALSA PCM c !! 2371 with the period size.  As default, ALSA PCM core doesn't enforce the
2326 buffer size to be aligned with the period siz    2372 buffer size to be aligned with the period size.  For example, it'd be
2327 possible to have a combination like 256 perio    2373 possible to have a combination like 256 period bytes with 999 buffer
2328 bytes.                                           2374 bytes.
2329                                                  2375 
2330 Many device chips, however, require the buffe    2376 Many device chips, however, require the buffer to be a multiple of
2331 periods.  In such a case, call                   2377 periods.  In such a case, call
2332 :c:func:`snd_pcm_hw_constraint_integer()` for    2378 :c:func:`snd_pcm_hw_constraint_integer()` for
2333 ``SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIODS``::              !! 2379 ``SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIODS``.
                                                   >> 2380 
                                                   >> 2381 ::
2334                                                  2382 
2335   snd_pcm_hw_constraint_integer(substream->ru    2383   snd_pcm_hw_constraint_integer(substream->runtime,
2336                                 SNDRV_PCM_HW_    2384                                 SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAM_PERIODS);
2337                                                  2385 
2338 This assures that the number of periods is in    2386 This assures that the number of periods is integer, hence the buffer
2339 size is aligned with the period size.            2387 size is aligned with the period size.
2340                                                  2388 
2341 The hw constraint is a very powerful mechanis !! 2389 The hw constraint is a very much powerful mechanism to define the
2342 preferred PCM configuration, and there are re    2390 preferred PCM configuration, and there are relevant helpers.
2343 I won't give more details here, rather I woul    2391 I won't give more details here, rather I would like to say, “Luke, use
2344 the source.”                                   2392 the source.”
2345                                                  2393 
2346 Control Interface                                2394 Control Interface
2347 =================                                2395 =================
2348                                                  2396 
2349 General                                          2397 General
2350 -------                                          2398 -------
2351                                                  2399 
2352 The control interface is used widely for many    2400 The control interface is used widely for many switches, sliders, etc.
2353 which are accessed from user-space. Its most     2401 which are accessed from user-space. Its most important use is the mixer
2354 interface. In other words, since ALSA 0.9.x,     2402 interface. In other words, since ALSA 0.9.x, all the mixer stuff is
2355 implemented on the control kernel API.           2403 implemented on the control kernel API.
2356                                                  2404 
2357 ALSA has a well-defined AC97 control module.     2405 ALSA has a well-defined AC97 control module. If your chip supports only
2358 the AC97 and nothing else, you can skip this     2406 the AC97 and nothing else, you can skip this section.
2359                                                  2407 
2360 The control API is defined in ``<sound/contro    2408 The control API is defined in ``<sound/control.h>``. Include this file
2361 if you want to add your own controls.            2409 if you want to add your own controls.
2362                                                  2410 
2363 Definition of Controls                           2411 Definition of Controls
2364 ----------------------                           2412 ----------------------
2365                                                  2413 
2366 To create a new control, you need to define t    2414 To create a new control, you need to define the following three
2367 callbacks: ``info``, ``get`` and ``put``. The    2415 callbacks: ``info``, ``get`` and ``put``. Then, define a
2368 struct snd_kcontrol_new record, such as::     !! 2416 :c:type:`struct snd_kcontrol_new <snd_kcontrol_new>` record, such as:
                                                   >> 2417 
                                                   >> 2418 ::
2369                                                  2419 
2370                                                  2420 
2371       static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_contr    2421       static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
2372               .iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_M    2422               .iface = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER,
2373               .name = "PCM Playback Switch",     2423               .name = "PCM Playback Switch",
2374               .index = 0,                        2424               .index = 0,
2375               .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS    2425               .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE,
2376               .private_value = 0xffff,           2426               .private_value = 0xffff,
2377               .info = my_control_info,           2427               .info = my_control_info,
2378               .get = my_control_get,             2428               .get = my_control_get,
2379               .put = my_control_put              2429               .put = my_control_put
2380       };                                         2430       };
2381                                                  2431 
2382                                                  2432 
2383 The ``iface`` field specifies the control typ    2433 The ``iface`` field specifies the control type,
2384 ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_XXX``, which is usuall    2434 ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_XXX``, which is usually ``MIXER``. Use ``CARD``
2385 for global controls that are not logically pa    2435 for global controls that are not logically part of the mixer. If the
2386 control is closely associated with some speci    2436 control is closely associated with some specific device on the sound
2387 card, use ``HWDEP``, ``PCM``, ``RAWMIDI``, ``    2437 card, use ``HWDEP``, ``PCM``, ``RAWMIDI``, ``TIMER``, or ``SEQUENCER``,
2388 and specify the device number with the ``devi    2438 and specify the device number with the ``device`` and ``subdevice``
2389 fields.                                          2439 fields.
2390                                                  2440 
2391 The ``name`` is the name identifier string. S    2441 The ``name`` is the name identifier string. Since ALSA 0.9.x, the
2392 control name is very important, because its r    2442 control name is very important, because its role is classified from
2393 its name. There are pre-defined standard cont    2443 its name. There are pre-defined standard control names. The details
2394 are described in the `Control Names`_ subsect    2444 are described in the `Control Names`_ subsection.
2395                                                  2445 
2396 The ``index`` field holds the index number of    2446 The ``index`` field holds the index number of this control. If there
2397 are several different controls with the same     2447 are several different controls with the same name, they can be
2398 distinguished by the index number. This is th    2448 distinguished by the index number. This is the case when several
2399 codecs exist on the card. If the index is zer    2449 codecs exist on the card. If the index is zero, you can omit the
2400 definition above.                                2450 definition above. 
2401                                                  2451 
2402 The ``access`` field contains the access type    2452 The ``access`` field contains the access type of this control. Give
2403 the combination of bit masks, ``SNDRV_CTL_ELE    2453 the combination of bit masks, ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_XXX``,
2404 there. The details will be explained in the `    2454 there. The details will be explained in the `Access Flags`_
2405 subsection.                                      2455 subsection.
2406                                                  2456 
2407 The ``private_value`` field contains an arbit    2457 The ``private_value`` field contains an arbitrary long integer value
2408 for this record. When using the generic ``inf    2458 for this record. When using the generic ``info``, ``get`` and ``put``
2409 callbacks, you can pass a value through this     2459 callbacks, you can pass a value through this field. If several small
2410 numbers are necessary, you can combine them i    2460 numbers are necessary, you can combine them in bitwise. Or, it's
2411 possible to store a pointer (casted to unsign !! 2461 possible to give a pointer (casted to unsigned long) of some record to
2412 this field, too.                                 2462 this field, too. 
2413                                                  2463 
2414 The ``tlv`` field can be used to provide meta    2464 The ``tlv`` field can be used to provide metadata about the control;
2415 see the `Metadata`_ subsection.                  2465 see the `Metadata`_ subsection.
2416                                                  2466 
2417 The other three are `Control Callbacks`_.        2467 The other three are `Control Callbacks`_.
2418                                                  2468 
2419 Control Names                                    2469 Control Names
2420 -------------                                    2470 -------------
2421                                                  2471 
2422 There are some standards to define the contro    2472 There are some standards to define the control names. A control is
2423 usually defined from the three parts as “SO    2473 usually defined from the three parts as “SOURCE DIRECTION FUNCTION”.
2424                                                  2474 
2425 The first, ``SOURCE``, specifies the source o    2475 The first, ``SOURCE``, specifies the source of the control, and is a
2426 string such as “Master”, “PCM”, “CD    2476 string such as “Master”, “PCM”, “CD” and “Line”. There are many
2427 pre-defined sources.                             2477 pre-defined sources.
2428                                                  2478 
2429 The second, ``DIRECTION``, is one of the foll    2479 The second, ``DIRECTION``, is one of the following strings according to
2430 the direction of the control: “Playback”,    2480 the direction of the control: “Playback”, “Capture”, “Bypass Playback”
2431 and “Bypass Capture”. Or, it can be omitt    2481 and “Bypass Capture”. Or, it can be omitted, meaning both playback and
2432 capture directions.                              2482 capture directions.
2433                                                  2483 
2434 The third, ``FUNCTION``, is one of the follow    2484 The third, ``FUNCTION``, is one of the following strings according to
2435 the function of the control: “Switch”,     2485 the function of the control: “Switch”, “Volume” and “Route”.
2436                                                  2486 
2437 The example of control names are, thus, “Ma    2487 The example of control names are, thus, “Master Capture Switch” or “PCM
2438 Playback Volume”.                              2488 Playback Volume”.
2439                                                  2489 
2440 There are some exceptions:                       2490 There are some exceptions:
2441                                                  2491 
2442 Global capture and playback                      2492 Global capture and playback
2443 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                      2493 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2444                                                  2494 
2445 “Capture Source”, “Capture Switch” an    2495 “Capture Source”, “Capture Switch” and “Capture Volume” are used for the
2446 global capture (input) source, switch and vol    2496 global capture (input) source, switch and volume. Similarly, “Playback
2447 Switch” and “Playback Volume” are used     2497 Switch” and “Playback Volume” are used for the global output gain switch
2448 and volume.                                      2498 and volume.
2449                                                  2499 
2450 Tone-controls                                    2500 Tone-controls
2451 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                    2501 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2452                                                  2502 
2453 tone-control switch and volumes are specified    2503 tone-control switch and volumes are specified like “Tone Control - XXX”,
2454 e.g. “Tone Control - Switch”, “Tone Con    2504 e.g. “Tone Control - Switch”, “Tone Control - Bass”, “Tone Control -
2455 Center”.                                       2505 Center”.
2456                                                  2506 
2457 3D controls                                      2507 3D controls
2458 ~~~~~~~~~~~                                      2508 ~~~~~~~~~~~
2459                                                  2509 
2460 3D-control switches and volumes are specified    2510 3D-control switches and volumes are specified like “3D Control - XXX”,
2461 e.g. “3D Control - Switch”, “3D Control    2511 e.g. “3D Control - Switch”, “3D Control - Center”, “3D Control - Space”.
2462                                                  2512 
2463 Mic boost                                        2513 Mic boost
2464 ~~~~~~~~~                                        2514 ~~~~~~~~~
2465                                                  2515 
2466 Mic-boost switch is set as “Mic Boost” or    2516 Mic-boost switch is set as “Mic Boost” or “Mic Boost (6dB)”.
2467                                                  2517 
2468 More precise information can be found in         2518 More precise information can be found in
2469 ``Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.r    2519 ``Documentation/sound/designs/control-names.rst``.
2470                                                  2520 
2471 Access Flags                                     2521 Access Flags
2472 ------------                                     2522 ------------
2473                                                  2523 
2474 The access flag is the bitmask which specifie    2524 The access flag is the bitmask which specifies the access type of the
2475 given control. The default access type is        2525 given control. The default access type is
2476 ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE``, which me    2526 ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE``, which means both read and write are
2477 allowed to this control. When the access flag    2527 allowed to this control. When the access flag is omitted (i.e. = 0), it
2478 is considered as ``READWRITE`` access by defa !! 2528 is considered as ``READWRITE`` access as default.
2479                                                  2529 
2480 When the control is read-only, pass ``SNDRV_C    2530 When the control is read-only, pass ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READ``
2481 instead. In this case, you don't have to defi    2531 instead. In this case, you don't have to define the ``put`` callback.
2482 Similarly, when the control is write-only (al    2532 Similarly, when the control is write-only (although it's a rare case),
2483 you can use the ``WRITE`` flag instead, and y    2533 you can use the ``WRITE`` flag instead, and you don't need the ``get``
2484 callback.                                        2534 callback.
2485                                                  2535 
2486 If the control value changes frequently (e.g.    2536 If the control value changes frequently (e.g. the VU meter),
2487 ``VOLATILE`` flag should be given. This means    2537 ``VOLATILE`` flag should be given. This means that the control may be
2488 changed without `Change notification`_. Appli    2538 changed without `Change notification`_. Applications should poll such
2489 a control constantly.                            2539 a control constantly.
2490                                                  2540 
2491 When the control may be updated, but currentl !! 2541 When the control is inactive, set the ``INACTIVE`` flag, too. There are
2492 setting the ``INACTIVE`` flag may be appropri !! 2542 ``LOCK`` and ``OWNER`` flags to change the write permissions.
2493 controls should be inactive while no PCM devi << 
2494                                               << 
2495 There are ``LOCK`` and ``OWNER`` flags to cha << 
2496                                                  2543 
2497 Control Callbacks                                2544 Control Callbacks
2498 -----------------                                2545 -----------------
2499                                                  2546 
2500 info callback                                    2547 info callback
2501 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                    2548 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2502                                                  2549 
2503 The ``info`` callback is used to get detailed    2550 The ``info`` callback is used to get detailed information on this
2504 control. This must store the values of the gi !! 2551 control. This must store the values of the given :c:type:`struct
2505 struct snd_ctl_elem_info object. For example, !! 2552 snd_ctl_elem_info <snd_ctl_elem_info>` object. For example,
2506 for a boolean control with a single element:: !! 2553 for a boolean control with a single element:
                                                   >> 2554 
                                                   >> 2555 ::
2507                                                  2556 
2508                                                  2557 
2509       static int snd_myctl_mono_info(struct s    2558       static int snd_myctl_mono_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
2510                               struct snd_ctl_    2559                               struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
2511       {                                          2560       {
2512               uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TY    2561               uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_BOOLEAN;
2513               uinfo->count = 1;                  2562               uinfo->count = 1;
2514               uinfo->value.integer.min = 0;      2563               uinfo->value.integer.min = 0;
2515               uinfo->value.integer.max = 1;      2564               uinfo->value.integer.max = 1;
2516               return 0;                          2565               return 0;
2517       }                                          2566       }
2518                                                  2567 
2519                                                  2568 
2520                                                  2569 
2521 The ``type`` field specifies the type of the     2570 The ``type`` field specifies the type of the control. There are
2522 ``BOOLEAN``, ``INTEGER``, ``ENUMERATED``, ``B    2571 ``BOOLEAN``, ``INTEGER``, ``ENUMERATED``, ``BYTES``, ``IEC958`` and
2523 ``INTEGER64``. The ``count`` field specifies     2572 ``INTEGER64``. The ``count`` field specifies the number of elements in
2524 this control. For example, a stereo volume wo    2573 this control. For example, a stereo volume would have count = 2. The
2525 ``value`` field is a union, and the values st !! 2574 ``value`` field is a union, and the values stored are depending on the
2526 type. The boolean and integer types are ident    2575 type. The boolean and integer types are identical.
2527                                                  2576 
2528 The enumerated type is a bit different from t !! 2577 The enumerated type is a bit different from others. You'll need to set
2529 set the string for the selectec item index::  !! 2578 the string for the currently given item index.
                                                   >> 2579 
                                                   >> 2580 ::
2530                                                  2581 
2531   static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_k    2582   static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
2532                           struct snd_ctl_elem    2583                           struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
2533   {                                              2584   {
2534           static char *texts[4] = {              2585           static char *texts[4] = {
2535                   "First", "Second", "Third",    2586                   "First", "Second", "Third", "Fourth"
2536           };                                     2587           };
2537           uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_E    2588           uinfo->type = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_ENUMERATED;
2538           uinfo->count = 1;                      2589           uinfo->count = 1;
2539           uinfo->value.enumerated.items = 4;     2590           uinfo->value.enumerated.items = 4;
2540           if (uinfo->value.enumerated.item >     2591           if (uinfo->value.enumerated.item > 3)
2541                   uinfo->value.enumerated.ite    2592                   uinfo->value.enumerated.item = 3;
2542           strcpy(uinfo->value.enumerated.name    2593           strcpy(uinfo->value.enumerated.name,
2543                  texts[uinfo->value.enumerate    2594                  texts[uinfo->value.enumerated.item]);
2544           return 0;                              2595           return 0;
2545   }                                              2596   }
2546                                                  2597 
2547 The above callback can be simplified with a h    2598 The above callback can be simplified with a helper function,
2548 :c:func:`snd_ctl_enum_info()`. The final code    2599 :c:func:`snd_ctl_enum_info()`. The final code looks like below.
2549 (You can pass ``ARRAY_SIZE(texts)`` instead o    2600 (You can pass ``ARRAY_SIZE(texts)`` instead of 4 in the third argument;
2550 it's a matter of taste.)                         2601 it's a matter of taste.)
2551                                                  2602 
2552 ::                                               2603 ::
2553                                                  2604 
2554   static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_k    2605   static int snd_myctl_enum_info(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
2555                           struct snd_ctl_elem    2606                           struct snd_ctl_elem_info *uinfo)
2556   {                                              2607   {
2557           static char *texts[4] = {              2608           static char *texts[4] = {
2558                   "First", "Second", "Third",    2609                   "First", "Second", "Third", "Fourth"
2559           };                                     2610           };
2560           return snd_ctl_enum_info(uinfo, 1,     2611           return snd_ctl_enum_info(uinfo, 1, 4, texts);
2561   }                                              2612   }
2562                                                  2613 
2563                                                  2614 
2564 Some common info callbacks are available for     2615 Some common info callbacks are available for your convenience:
2565 :c:func:`snd_ctl_boolean_mono_info()` and        2616 :c:func:`snd_ctl_boolean_mono_info()` and
2566 :c:func:`snd_ctl_boolean_stereo_info()`. Obvi    2617 :c:func:`snd_ctl_boolean_stereo_info()`. Obviously, the former
2567 is an info callback for a mono channel boolea    2618 is an info callback for a mono channel boolean item, just like
2568 :c:func:`snd_myctl_mono_info()` above, and th    2619 :c:func:`snd_myctl_mono_info()` above, and the latter is for a
2569 stereo channel boolean item.                     2620 stereo channel boolean item.
2570                                                  2621 
2571 get callback                                     2622 get callback
2572 ~~~~~~~~~~~~                                     2623 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
2573                                                  2624 
2574 This callback is used to read the current val !! 2625 This callback is used to read the current value of the control and to
2575 can be returned to user-space.                !! 2626 return to user-space.
                                                   >> 2627 
                                                   >> 2628 For example,
                                                   >> 2629 
                                                   >> 2630 ::
2576                                                  2631 
2577 For example::                                 << 
2578                                                  2632 
2579       static int snd_myctl_get(struct snd_kco    2633       static int snd_myctl_get(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
2580                                struct snd_ctl    2634                                struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
2581       {                                          2635       {
2582               struct mychip *chip = snd_kcont    2636               struct mychip *chip = snd_kcontrol_chip(kcontrol);
2583               ucontrol->value.integer.value[0    2637               ucontrol->value.integer.value[0] = get_some_value(chip);
2584               return 0;                          2638               return 0;
2585       }                                          2639       }
2586                                                  2640 
2587                                                  2641 
2588                                                  2642 
2589 The ``value`` field depends on the type of co    2643 The ``value`` field depends on the type of control as well as on the
2590 info callback. For example, the sb driver use    2644 info callback. For example, the sb driver uses this field to store the
2591 register offset, the bit-shift and the bit-ma    2645 register offset, the bit-shift and the bit-mask. The ``private_value``
2592 field is set as follows::                     !! 2646 field is set as follows:
                                                   >> 2647 
                                                   >> 2648 ::
2593                                                  2649 
2594   .private_value = reg | (shift << 16) | (mas    2650   .private_value = reg | (shift << 16) | (mask << 24)
2595                                                  2651 
2596 and is retrieved in callbacks like::          !! 2652 and is retrieved in callbacks like
                                                   >> 2653 
                                                   >> 2654 ::
2597                                                  2655 
2598   static int snd_sbmixer_get_single(struct sn    2656   static int snd_sbmixer_get_single(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
2599                                     struct sn    2657                                     struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
2600   {                                              2658   {
2601           int reg = kcontrol->private_value &    2659           int reg = kcontrol->private_value & 0xff;
2602           int shift = (kcontrol->private_valu    2660           int shift = (kcontrol->private_value >> 16) & 0xff;
2603           int mask = (kcontrol->private_value    2661           int mask = (kcontrol->private_value >> 24) & 0xff;
2604           ....                                   2662           ....
2605   }                                              2663   }
2606                                                  2664 
2607 In the ``get`` callback, you have to fill all    2665 In the ``get`` callback, you have to fill all the elements if the
2608 control has more than one element, i.e. ``cou !! 2666 control has more than one elements, i.e. ``count > 1``. In the example
2609 above, we filled only one element (``value.in    2667 above, we filled only one element (``value.integer.value[0]``) since
2610 ``count = 1`` is assumed.                     !! 2668 it's assumed as ``count = 1``.
2611                                                  2669 
2612 put callback                                     2670 put callback
2613 ~~~~~~~~~~~~                                     2671 ~~~~~~~~~~~~
2614                                                  2672 
2615 This callback is used to write a value coming !! 2673 This callback is used to write a value from user-space.
                                                   >> 2674 
                                                   >> 2675 For example,
                                                   >> 2676 
                                                   >> 2677 ::
2616                                                  2678 
2617 For example::                                 << 
2618                                                  2679 
2619       static int snd_myctl_put(struct snd_kco    2680       static int snd_myctl_put(struct snd_kcontrol *kcontrol,
2620                                struct snd_ctl    2681                                struct snd_ctl_elem_value *ucontrol)
2621       {                                          2682       {
2622               struct mychip *chip = snd_kcont    2683               struct mychip *chip = snd_kcontrol_chip(kcontrol);
2623               int changed = 0;                   2684               int changed = 0;
2624               if (chip->current_value !=         2685               if (chip->current_value !=
2625                    ucontrol->value.integer.va    2686                    ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]) {
2626                       change_current_value(ch    2687                       change_current_value(chip,
2627                                   ucontrol->v    2688                                   ucontrol->value.integer.value[0]);
2628                       changed = 1;               2689                       changed = 1;
2629               }                                  2690               }
2630               return changed;                    2691               return changed;
2631       }                                          2692       }
2632                                                  2693 
2633                                                  2694 
2634                                                  2695 
2635 As seen above, you have to return 1 if the va    2696 As seen above, you have to return 1 if the value is changed. If the
2636 value is not changed, return 0 instead. If an    2697 value is not changed, return 0 instead. If any fatal error happens,
2637 return a negative error code as usual.           2698 return a negative error code as usual.
2638                                                  2699 
2639 As in the ``get`` callback, when the control     2700 As in the ``get`` callback, when the control has more than one
2640 element, all elements must be evaluated in th !! 2701 elements, all elements must be evaluated in this callback, too.
2641                                                  2702 
2642 Callbacks are not atomic                         2703 Callbacks are not atomic
2643 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                         2704 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
2644                                                  2705 
2645 All these three callbacks are not-atomic.     !! 2706 All these three callbacks are basically not atomic.
2646                                                  2707 
2647 Control Constructor                              2708 Control Constructor
2648 -------------------                              2709 -------------------
2649                                                  2710 
2650 When everything is ready, finally we can crea    2711 When everything is ready, finally we can create a new control. To create
2651 a control, there are two functions to be call    2712 a control, there are two functions to be called,
2652 :c:func:`snd_ctl_new1()` and :c:func:`snd_ctl    2713 :c:func:`snd_ctl_new1()` and :c:func:`snd_ctl_add()`.
2653                                                  2714 
2654 In the simplest way, you can do it like this: !! 2715 In the simplest way, you can do like this:
                                                   >> 2716 
                                                   >> 2717 ::
2655                                                  2718 
2656   err = snd_ctl_add(card, snd_ctl_new1(&my_co    2719   err = snd_ctl_add(card, snd_ctl_new1(&my_control, chip));
2657   if (err < 0)                                   2720   if (err < 0)
2658           return err;                            2721           return err;
2659                                                  2722 
2660 where ``my_control`` is the struct snd_kcontr !! 2723 where ``my_control`` is the :c:type:`struct snd_kcontrol_new
2661 and chip is the object pointer to be passed t !! 2724 <snd_kcontrol_new>` object defined above, and chip is the object
2662 can be referred to in callbacks.              !! 2725 pointer to be passed to kcontrol->private_data which can be referred
                                                   >> 2726 to in callbacks.
2663                                                  2727 
2664 :c:func:`snd_ctl_new1()` allocates a new stru !! 2728 :c:func:`snd_ctl_new1()` allocates a new :c:type:`struct
                                                   >> 2729 snd_kcontrol <snd_kcontrol>` instance, and
2665 :c:func:`snd_ctl_add()` assigns the given con    2730 :c:func:`snd_ctl_add()` assigns the given control component to the
2666 card.                                            2731 card.
2667                                                  2732 
2668 Change Notification                              2733 Change Notification
2669 -------------------                              2734 -------------------
2670                                                  2735 
2671 If you need to change and update a control in    2736 If you need to change and update a control in the interrupt routine, you
2672 can call :c:func:`snd_ctl_notify()`. For exam !! 2737 can call :c:func:`snd_ctl_notify()`. For example,
                                                   >> 2738 
                                                   >> 2739 ::
2673                                                  2740 
2674   snd_ctl_notify(card, SNDRV_CTL_EVENT_MASK_V    2741   snd_ctl_notify(card, SNDRV_CTL_EVENT_MASK_VALUE, id_pointer);
2675                                                  2742 
2676 This function takes the card pointer, the eve    2743 This function takes the card pointer, the event-mask, and the control id
2677 pointer for the notification. The event-mask     2744 pointer for the notification. The event-mask specifies the types of
2678 notification, for example, in the above examp    2745 notification, for example, in the above example, the change of control
2679 values is notified. The id pointer is the poi !! 2746 values is notified. The id pointer is the pointer of :c:type:`struct
2680 to be notified. You can find some examples in !! 2747 snd_ctl_elem_id <snd_ctl_elem_id>` to be notified. You can
2681 for hardware volume interrupts.               !! 2748 find some examples in ``es1938.c`` or ``es1968.c`` for hardware volume
                                                   >> 2749 interrupts.
2682                                                  2750 
2683 Metadata                                         2751 Metadata
2684 --------                                         2752 --------
2685                                                  2753 
2686 To provide information about the dB values of !! 2754 To provide information about the dB values of a mixer control, use on of
2687 the ``DECLARE_TLV_xxx`` macros from ``<sound/    2755 the ``DECLARE_TLV_xxx`` macros from ``<sound/tlv.h>`` to define a
2688 variable containing this information, set the    2756 variable containing this information, set the ``tlv.p`` field to point to
2689 this variable, and include the ``SNDRV_CTL_EL    2757 this variable, and include the ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ`` flag
2690 in the ``access`` field; like this::          !! 2758 in the ``access`` field; like this:
                                                   >> 2759 
                                                   >> 2760 ::
2691                                                  2761 
2692   static DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE(db_scale_my_con    2762   static DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE(db_scale_my_control, -4050, 150, 0);
2693                                                  2763 
2694   static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control =    2764   static struct snd_kcontrol_new my_control = {
2695           ...                                    2765           ...
2696           .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_REA    2766           .access = SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_READWRITE |
2697                     SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV    2767                     SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_ACCESS_TLV_READ,
2698           ...                                    2768           ...
2699           .tlv.p = db_scale_my_control,          2769           .tlv.p = db_scale_my_control,
2700   };                                             2770   };
2701                                                  2771 
2702                                                  2772 
2703 The :c:func:`DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE()` macro de    2773 The :c:func:`DECLARE_TLV_DB_SCALE()` macro defines information
2704 about a mixer control where each step in the     2774 about a mixer control where each step in the control's value changes the
2705 dB value by a constant dB amount. The first p    2775 dB value by a constant dB amount. The first parameter is the name of the
2706 variable to be defined. The second parameter     2776 variable to be defined. The second parameter is the minimum value, in
2707 units of 0.01 dB. The third parameter is the     2777 units of 0.01 dB. The third parameter is the step size, in units of 0.01
2708 dB. Set the fourth parameter to 1 if the mini    2778 dB. Set the fourth parameter to 1 if the minimum value actually mutes
2709 the control.                                     2779 the control.
2710                                                  2780 
2711 The :c:func:`DECLARE_TLV_DB_LINEAR()` macro d    2781 The :c:func:`DECLARE_TLV_DB_LINEAR()` macro defines information
2712 about a mixer control where the control's val    2782 about a mixer control where the control's value affects the output
2713 linearly. The first parameter is the name of     2783 linearly. The first parameter is the name of the variable to be defined.
2714 The second parameter is the minimum value, in    2784 The second parameter is the minimum value, in units of 0.01 dB. The
2715 third parameter is the maximum value, in unit    2785 third parameter is the maximum value, in units of 0.01 dB. If the
2716 minimum value mutes the control, set the seco    2786 minimum value mutes the control, set the second parameter to
2717 ``TLV_DB_GAIN_MUTE``.                            2787 ``TLV_DB_GAIN_MUTE``.
2718                                                  2788 
2719 API for AC97 Codec                               2789 API for AC97 Codec
2720 ==================                               2790 ==================
2721                                                  2791 
2722 General                                          2792 General
2723 -------                                          2793 -------
2724                                                  2794 
2725 The ALSA AC97 codec layer is a well-defined o    2795 The ALSA AC97 codec layer is a well-defined one, and you don't have to
2726 write much code to control it. Only low-level    2796 write much code to control it. Only low-level control routines are
2727 necessary. The AC97 codec API is defined in `    2797 necessary. The AC97 codec API is defined in ``<sound/ac97_codec.h>``.
2728                                                  2798 
2729 Full Code Example                                2799 Full Code Example
2730 -----------------                                2800 -----------------
2731                                                  2801 
2732 ::                                               2802 ::
2733                                                  2803 
2734       struct mychip {                            2804       struct mychip {
2735               ....                               2805               ....
2736               struct snd_ac97 *ac97;             2806               struct snd_ac97 *ac97;
2737               ....                               2807               ....
2738       };                                         2808       };
2739                                                  2809 
2740       static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_r    2810       static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
2741                                                  2811                                                  unsigned short reg)
2742       {                                          2812       {
2743               struct mychip *chip = ac97->pri    2813               struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
2744               ....                               2814               ....
2745               /* read a register value here f    2815               /* read a register value here from the codec */
2746               return the_register_value;         2816               return the_register_value;
2747       }                                          2817       }
2748                                                  2818 
2749       static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struc    2819       static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
2750                                        unsign    2820                                        unsigned short reg, unsigned short val)
2751       {                                          2821       {
2752               struct mychip *chip = ac97->pri    2822               struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
2753               ....                               2823               ....
2754               /* write the given register val    2824               /* write the given register value to the codec */
2755       }                                          2825       }
2756                                                  2826 
2757       static int snd_mychip_ac97(struct mychi    2827       static int snd_mychip_ac97(struct mychip *chip)
2758       {                                          2828       {
2759               struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;          2829               struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;
2760               struct snd_ac97_template ac97;     2830               struct snd_ac97_template ac97;
2761               int err;                           2831               int err;
2762               static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops     2832               static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {
2763                       .write = snd_mychip_ac9    2833                       .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,
2764                       .read = snd_mychip_ac97    2834                       .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,
2765               };                                 2835               };
2766                                                  2836 
2767               err = snd_ac97_bus(chip->card,     2837               err = snd_ac97_bus(chip->card, 0, &ops, NULL, &bus);
2768               if (err < 0)                       2838               if (err < 0)
2769                       return err;                2839                       return err;
2770               memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));    2840               memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));
2771               ac97.private_data = chip;          2841               ac97.private_data = chip;
2772               return snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac9    2842               return snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);
2773       }                                          2843       }
2774                                                  2844 
2775                                                  2845 
2776 AC97 Constructor                                 2846 AC97 Constructor
2777 ----------------                                 2847 ----------------
2778                                                  2848 
2779 To create an ac97 instance, first call :c:fun    2849 To create an ac97 instance, first call :c:func:`snd_ac97_bus()`
2780 with an ``ac97_bus_ops_t`` record with callba !! 2850 with an ``ac97_bus_ops_t`` record with callback functions.
                                                   >> 2851 
                                                   >> 2852 ::
2781                                                  2853 
2782   struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;                      2854   struct snd_ac97_bus *bus;
2783   static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {         2855   static struct snd_ac97_bus_ops ops = {
2784         .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,          2856         .write = snd_mychip_ac97_write,
2785         .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,            2857         .read = snd_mychip_ac97_read,
2786   };                                             2858   };
2787                                                  2859 
2788   snd_ac97_bus(card, 0, &ops, NULL, &pbus);      2860   snd_ac97_bus(card, 0, &ops, NULL, &pbus);
2789                                                  2861 
2790 The bus record is shared among all belonging     2862 The bus record is shared among all belonging ac97 instances.
2791                                                  2863 
2792 And then call :c:func:`snd_ac97_mixer()` with !! 2864 And then call :c:func:`snd_ac97_mixer()` with an :c:type:`struct
2793 record together with the bus pointer created  !! 2865 snd_ac97_template <snd_ac97_template>` record together with
                                                   >> 2866 the bus pointer created above.
                                                   >> 2867 
                                                   >> 2868 ::
2794                                                  2869 
2795   struct snd_ac97_template ac97;                 2870   struct snd_ac97_template ac97;
2796   int err;                                       2871   int err;
2797                                                  2872 
2798   memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));                2873   memset(&ac97, 0, sizeof(ac97));
2799   ac97.private_data = chip;                      2874   ac97.private_data = chip;
2800   snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);       2875   snd_ac97_mixer(bus, &ac97, &chip->ac97);
2801                                                  2876 
2802 where chip->ac97 is a pointer to a newly crea    2877 where chip->ac97 is a pointer to a newly created ``ac97_t``
2803 instance. In this case, the chip pointer is s    2878 instance. In this case, the chip pointer is set as the private data,
2804 so that the read/write callback functions can    2879 so that the read/write callback functions can refer to this chip
2805 instance. This instance is not necessarily st    2880 instance. This instance is not necessarily stored in the chip
2806 record. If you need to change the register va    2881 record. If you need to change the register values from the driver, or
2807 need the suspend/resume of ac97 codecs, keep     2882 need the suspend/resume of ac97 codecs, keep this pointer to pass to
2808 the corresponding functions.                     2883 the corresponding functions.
2809                                                  2884 
2810 AC97 Callbacks                                   2885 AC97 Callbacks
2811 --------------                                   2886 --------------
2812                                                  2887 
2813 The standard callbacks are ``read`` and ``wri    2888 The standard callbacks are ``read`` and ``write``. Obviously they
2814 correspond to the functions for read and writ    2889 correspond to the functions for read and write accesses to the
2815 hardware low-level codes.                        2890 hardware low-level codes.
2816                                                  2891 
2817 The ``read`` callback returns the register va    2892 The ``read`` callback returns the register value specified in the
2818 argument::                                    !! 2893 argument.
                                                   >> 2894 
                                                   >> 2895 ::
2819                                                  2896 
2820   static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(    2897   static unsigned short snd_mychip_ac97_read(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
2821                                                  2898                                              unsigned short reg)
2822   {                                              2899   {
2823           struct mychip *chip = ac97->private    2900           struct mychip *chip = ac97->private_data;
2824           ....                                   2901           ....
2825           return the_register_value;             2902           return the_register_value;
2826   }                                              2903   }
2827                                                  2904 
2828 Here, the chip can be cast from ``ac97->priva    2905 Here, the chip can be cast from ``ac97->private_data``.
2829                                                  2906 
2830 Meanwhile, the ``write`` callback is used to     2907 Meanwhile, the ``write`` callback is used to set the register
2831 value::                                       !! 2908 value
                                                   >> 2909 
                                                   >> 2910 ::
2832                                                  2911 
2833   static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct sn    2912   static void snd_mychip_ac97_write(struct snd_ac97 *ac97,
2834                        unsigned short reg, un    2913                        unsigned short reg, unsigned short val)
2835                                                  2914 
2836                                                  2915 
2837 These callbacks are non-atomic like the contr    2916 These callbacks are non-atomic like the control API callbacks.
2838                                                  2917 
2839 There are also other callbacks: ``reset``, ``    2918 There are also other callbacks: ``reset``, ``wait`` and ``init``.
2840                                                  2919 
2841 The ``reset`` callback is used to reset the c    2920 The ``reset`` callback is used to reset the codec. If the chip
2842 requires a special kind of reset, you can def    2921 requires a special kind of reset, you can define this callback.
2843                                                  2922 
2844 The ``wait`` callback is used to add some wai    2923 The ``wait`` callback is used to add some waiting time in the standard
2845 initialization of the codec. If the chip requ    2924 initialization of the codec. If the chip requires the extra waiting
2846 time, define this callback.                      2925 time, define this callback.
2847                                                  2926 
2848 The ``init`` callback is used for additional     2927 The ``init`` callback is used for additional initialization of the
2849 codec.                                           2928 codec.
2850                                                  2929 
2851 Updating Registers in The Driver                 2930 Updating Registers in The Driver
2852 --------------------------------                 2931 --------------------------------
2853                                                  2932 
2854 If you need to access to the codec from the d    2933 If you need to access to the codec from the driver, you can call the
2855 following functions: :c:func:`snd_ac97_write(    2934 following functions: :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()`,
2856 :c:func:`snd_ac97_read()`, :c:func:`snd_ac97_    2935 :c:func:`snd_ac97_read()`, :c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` and
2857 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update_bits()`.                2936 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update_bits()`.
2858                                                  2937 
2859 Both :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()` and              2938 Both :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()` and
2860 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` functions are use    2939 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` functions are used to set a value to
2861 the given register (``AC97_XXX``). The differ    2940 the given register (``AC97_XXX``). The difference between them is that
2862 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` doesn't write a v    2941 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update()` doesn't write a value if the given
2863 value has been already set, while :c:func:`sn    2942 value has been already set, while :c:func:`snd_ac97_write()`
2864 always rewrites the value::                   !! 2943 always rewrites the value.
                                                   >> 2944 
                                                   >> 2945 ::
2865                                                  2946 
2866   snd_ac97_write(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);     2947   snd_ac97_write(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);
2867   snd_ac97_update(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);    2948   snd_ac97_update(ac97, AC97_MASTER, 0x8080);
2868                                                  2949 
2869 :c:func:`snd_ac97_read()` is used to read the    2950 :c:func:`snd_ac97_read()` is used to read the value of the given
2870 register. For example::                       !! 2951 register. For example,
                                                   >> 2952 
                                                   >> 2953 ::
2871                                                  2954 
2872   value = snd_ac97_read(ac97, AC97_MASTER);      2955   value = snd_ac97_read(ac97, AC97_MASTER);
2873                                                  2956 
2874 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update_bits()` is used to u    2957 :c:func:`snd_ac97_update_bits()` is used to update some bits in
2875 the given register::                          !! 2958 the given register.
                                                   >> 2959 
                                                   >> 2960 ::
2876                                                  2961 
2877   snd_ac97_update_bits(ac97, reg, mask, value    2962   snd_ac97_update_bits(ac97, reg, mask, value);
2878                                                  2963 
2879 Also, there is a function to change the sampl    2964 Also, there is a function to change the sample rate (of a given register
2880 such as ``AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE``) when VRA    2965 such as ``AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE``) when VRA or DRA is supported by the
2881 codec: :c:func:`snd_ac97_set_rate()`::        !! 2966 codec: :c:func:`snd_ac97_set_rate()`.
                                                   >> 2967 
                                                   >> 2968 ::
2882                                                  2969 
2883   snd_ac97_set_rate(ac97, AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_    2970   snd_ac97_set_rate(ac97, AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE, 44100);
2884                                                  2971 
2885                                                  2972 
2886 The following registers are available to set     2973 The following registers are available to set the rate:
2887 ``AC97_PCM_MIC_ADC_RATE``, ``AC97_PCM_FRONT_D    2974 ``AC97_PCM_MIC_ADC_RATE``, ``AC97_PCM_FRONT_DAC_RATE``,
2888 ``AC97_PCM_LR_ADC_RATE``, ``AC97_SPDIF``. Whe    2975 ``AC97_PCM_LR_ADC_RATE``, ``AC97_SPDIF``. When ``AC97_SPDIF`` is
2889 specified, the register is not really changed    2976 specified, the register is not really changed but the corresponding
2890 IEC958 status bits will be updated.              2977 IEC958 status bits will be updated.
2891                                                  2978 
2892 Clock Adjustment                                 2979 Clock Adjustment
2893 ----------------                                 2980 ----------------
2894                                                  2981 
2895 In some chips, the clock of the codec isn't 4    2982 In some chips, the clock of the codec isn't 48000 but using a PCI clock
2896 (to save a quartz!). In this case, change the    2983 (to save a quartz!). In this case, change the field ``bus->clock`` to
2897 the corresponding value. For example, intel8x    2984 the corresponding value. For example, intel8x0 and es1968 drivers have
2898 their own function to read from the clock.       2985 their own function to read from the clock.
2899                                                  2986 
2900 Proc Files                                       2987 Proc Files
2901 ----------                                       2988 ----------
2902                                                  2989 
2903 The ALSA AC97 interface will create a proc fi    2990 The ALSA AC97 interface will create a proc file such as
2904 ``/proc/asound/card0/codec97#0/ac97#0-0`` and    2991 ``/proc/asound/card0/codec97#0/ac97#0-0`` and ``ac97#0-0+regs``. You
2905 can refer to these files to see the current s    2992 can refer to these files to see the current status and registers of
2906 the codec.                                       2993 the codec.
2907                                                  2994 
2908 Multiple Codecs                                  2995 Multiple Codecs
2909 ---------------                                  2996 ---------------
2910                                                  2997 
2911 When there are several codecs on the same car    2998 When there are several codecs on the same card, you need to call
2912 :c:func:`snd_ac97_mixer()` multiple times wit    2999 :c:func:`snd_ac97_mixer()` multiple times with ``ac97.num=1`` or
2913 greater. The ``num`` field specifies the code    3000 greater. The ``num`` field specifies the codec number.
2914                                                  3001 
2915 If you set up multiple codecs, you either nee    3002 If you set up multiple codecs, you either need to write different
2916 callbacks for each codec or check ``ac97->num    3003 callbacks for each codec or check ``ac97->num`` in the callback
2917 routines.                                        3004 routines.
2918                                                  3005 
2919 MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface                     3006 MIDI (MPU401-UART) Interface
2920 ============================                     3007 ============================
2921                                                  3008 
2922 General                                          3009 General
2923 -------                                          3010 -------
2924                                                  3011 
2925 Many soundcards have built-in MIDI (MPU401-UA    3012 Many soundcards have built-in MIDI (MPU401-UART) interfaces. When the
2926 soundcard supports the standard MPU401-UART i    3013 soundcard supports the standard MPU401-UART interface, most likely you
2927 can use the ALSA MPU401-UART API. The MPU401-    3014 can use the ALSA MPU401-UART API. The MPU401-UART API is defined in
2928 ``<sound/mpu401.h>``.                            3015 ``<sound/mpu401.h>``.
2929                                                  3016 
2930 Some soundchips have a similar but slightly d    3017 Some soundchips have a similar but slightly different implementation of
2931 mpu401 stuff. For example, emu10k1 has its ow    3018 mpu401 stuff. For example, emu10k1 has its own mpu401 routines.
2932                                                  3019 
2933 MIDI Constructor                                 3020 MIDI Constructor
2934 ----------------                                 3021 ----------------
2935                                                  3022 
2936 To create a rawmidi object, call :c:func:`snd !! 3023 To create a rawmidi object, call :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`.
                                                   >> 3024 
                                                   >> 3025 ::
2937                                                  3026 
2938   struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;                     3027   struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;
2939   snd_mpu401_uart_new(card, 0, MPU401_HW_MPU4    3028   snd_mpu401_uart_new(card, 0, MPU401_HW_MPU401, port, info_flags,
2940                       irq, &rmidi);              3029                       irq, &rmidi);
2941                                                  3030 
2942                                                  3031 
2943 The first argument is the card pointer, and t    3032 The first argument is the card pointer, and the second is the index of
2944 this component. You can create up to 8 rawmid    3033 this component. You can create up to 8 rawmidi devices.
2945                                                  3034 
2946 The third argument is the type of the hardwar    3035 The third argument is the type of the hardware, ``MPU401_HW_XXX``. If
2947 it's not a special one, you can use ``MPU401_    3036 it's not a special one, you can use ``MPU401_HW_MPU401``.
2948                                                  3037 
2949 The 4th argument is the I/O port address. Man    3038 The 4th argument is the I/O port address. Many backward-compatible
2950 MPU401 have an I/O port such as 0x330. Or, it    3039 MPU401 have an I/O port such as 0x330. Or, it might be a part of its own
2951 PCI I/O region. It depends on the chip design    3040 PCI I/O region. It depends on the chip design.
2952                                                  3041 
2953 The 5th argument is a bitflag for additional     3042 The 5th argument is a bitflag for additional information. When the I/O
2954 port address above is part of the PCI I/O reg    3043 port address above is part of the PCI I/O region, the MPU401 I/O port
2955 might have been already allocated (reserved)     3044 might have been already allocated (reserved) by the driver itself. In
2956 such a case, pass a bit flag ``MPU401_INFO_IN    3045 such a case, pass a bit flag ``MPU401_INFO_INTEGRATED``, and the
2957 mpu401-uart layer will allocate the I/O ports    3046 mpu401-uart layer will allocate the I/O ports by itself.
2958                                                  3047 
2959 When the controller supports only the input o    3048 When the controller supports only the input or output MIDI stream, pass
2960 the ``MPU401_INFO_INPUT`` or ``MPU401_INFO_OU    3049 the ``MPU401_INFO_INPUT`` or ``MPU401_INFO_OUTPUT`` bitflag,
2961 respectively. Then the rawmidi instance is cr    3050 respectively. Then the rawmidi instance is created as a single stream.
2962                                                  3051 
2963 ``MPU401_INFO_MMIO`` bitflag is used to chang    3052 ``MPU401_INFO_MMIO`` bitflag is used to change the access method to MMIO
2964 (via readb and writeb) instead of iob and out    3053 (via readb and writeb) instead of iob and outb. In this case, you have
2965 to pass the iomapped address to :c:func:`snd_    3054 to pass the iomapped address to :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`.
2966                                                  3055 
2967 When ``MPU401_INFO_TX_IRQ`` is set, the outpu    3056 When ``MPU401_INFO_TX_IRQ`` is set, the output stream isn't checked in
2968 the default interrupt handler. The driver nee    3057 the default interrupt handler. The driver needs to call
2969 :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt_tx()` by i    3058 :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt_tx()` by itself to start
2970 processing the output stream in the irq handl    3059 processing the output stream in the irq handler.
2971                                                  3060 
2972 If the MPU-401 interface shares its interrupt    3061 If the MPU-401 interface shares its interrupt with the other logical
2973 devices on the card, set ``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HO    3062 devices on the card, set ``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK`` (see
2974 `below <MIDI Interrupt Handler_>`__).         !! 3063 `below <#MIDI-Interrupt-Handler>`__).
2975                                                  3064 
2976 Usually, the port address corresponds to the     3065 Usually, the port address corresponds to the command port and port + 1
2977 corresponds to the data port. If not, you may    3066 corresponds to the data port. If not, you may change the ``cport``
2978 field of struct snd_mpu401 manually afterward !! 3067 field of :c:type:`struct snd_mpu401 <snd_mpu401>` manually afterward.
2979 However, struct snd_mpu401 pointer is         !! 3068 However, :c:type:`struct snd_mpu401 <snd_mpu401>` pointer is
2980 not returned explicitly by :c:func:`snd_mpu40    3069 not returned explicitly by :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`. You
2981 need to cast ``rmidi->private_data`` to struc !! 3070 need to cast ``rmidi->private_data`` to :c:type:`struct snd_mpu401
                                                   >> 3071 <snd_mpu401>` explicitly,
                                                   >> 3072 
                                                   >> 3073 ::
2982                                                  3074 
2983   struct snd_mpu401 *mpu;                        3075   struct snd_mpu401 *mpu;
2984   mpu = rmidi->private_data;                     3076   mpu = rmidi->private_data;
2985                                                  3077 
2986 and reset the ``cport`` as you like::         !! 3078 and reset the ``cport`` as you like:
                                                   >> 3079 
                                                   >> 3080 ::
2987                                                  3081 
2988   mpu->cport = my_own_control_port;              3082   mpu->cport = my_own_control_port;
2989                                                  3083 
2990 The 6th argument specifies the ISA irq number    3084 The 6th argument specifies the ISA irq number that will be allocated. If
2991 no interrupt is to be allocated (because your    3085 no interrupt is to be allocated (because your code is already allocating
2992 a shared interrupt, or because the device doe    3086 a shared interrupt, or because the device does not use interrupts), pass
2993 -1 instead. For a MPU-401 device without an i    3087 -1 instead. For a MPU-401 device without an interrupt, a polling timer
2994 will be used instead.                            3088 will be used instead.
2995                                                  3089 
2996 MIDI Interrupt Handler                           3090 MIDI Interrupt Handler
2997 ----------------------                           3091 ----------------------
2998                                                  3092 
2999 When the interrupt is allocated in               3093 When the interrupt is allocated in
3000 :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`, an exclusive    3094 :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()`, an exclusive ISA interrupt
3001 handler is automatically used, hence you don'    3095 handler is automatically used, hence you don't have anything else to do
3002 than creating the mpu401 stuff. Otherwise, yo    3096 than creating the mpu401 stuff. Otherwise, you have to set
3003 ``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK``, and call               3097 ``MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK``, and call
3004 :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()` explici    3098 :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()` explicitly from your own
3005 interrupt handler when it has determined that    3099 interrupt handler when it has determined that a UART interrupt has
3006 occurred.                                        3100 occurred.
3007                                                  3101 
3008 In this case, you need to pass the private_da    3102 In this case, you need to pass the private_data of the returned rawmidi
3009 object from :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()` a    3103 object from :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_new()` as the second
3010 argument of :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrup !! 3104 argument of :c:func:`snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt()`.
                                                   >> 3105 
                                                   >> 3106 ::
3011                                                  3107 
3012   snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt(irq, rmidi->priva    3108   snd_mpu401_uart_interrupt(irq, rmidi->private_data, regs);
3013                                                  3109 
3014                                                  3110 
3015 RawMIDI Interface                                3111 RawMIDI Interface
3016 =================                                3112 =================
3017                                                  3113 
3018 Overview                                         3114 Overview
3019 --------                                         3115 --------
3020                                                  3116 
3021 The raw MIDI interface is used for hardware M    3117 The raw MIDI interface is used for hardware MIDI ports that can be
3022 accessed as a byte stream. It is not used for    3118 accessed as a byte stream. It is not used for synthesizer chips that do
3023 not directly understand MIDI.                    3119 not directly understand MIDI.
3024                                                  3120 
3025 ALSA handles file and buffer management. All     3121 ALSA handles file and buffer management. All you have to do is to write
3026 some code to move data between the buffer and    3122 some code to move data between the buffer and the hardware.
3027                                                  3123 
3028 The rawmidi API is defined in ``<sound/rawmid    3124 The rawmidi API is defined in ``<sound/rawmidi.h>``.
3029                                                  3125 
3030 RawMIDI Constructor                              3126 RawMIDI Constructor
3031 -------------------                              3127 -------------------
3032                                                  3128 
3033 To create a rawmidi device, call the :c:func:    3129 To create a rawmidi device, call the :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_new()`
3034 function::                                    !! 3130 function:
                                                   >> 3131 
                                                   >> 3132 ::
3035                                                  3133 
3036   struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;                     3134   struct snd_rawmidi *rmidi;
3037   err = snd_rawmidi_new(chip->card, "MyMIDI",    3135   err = snd_rawmidi_new(chip->card, "MyMIDI", 0, outs, ins, &rmidi);
3038   if (err < 0)                                   3136   if (err < 0)
3039           return err;                            3137           return err;
3040   rmidi->private_data = chip;                    3138   rmidi->private_data = chip;
3041   strcpy(rmidi->name, "My MIDI");                3139   strcpy(rmidi->name, "My MIDI");
3042   rmidi->info_flags = SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTP    3140   rmidi->info_flags = SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT |
3043                       SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPU    3141                       SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT |
3044                       SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPL    3142                       SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX;
3045                                                  3143 
3046 The first argument is the card pointer, the s    3144 The first argument is the card pointer, the second argument is the ID
3047 string.                                          3145 string.
3048                                                  3146 
3049 The third argument is the index of this compo    3147 The third argument is the index of this component. You can create up to
3050 8 rawmidi devices.                               3148 8 rawmidi devices.
3051                                                  3149 
3052 The fourth and fifth arguments are the number    3150 The fourth and fifth arguments are the number of output and input
3053 substreams, respectively, of this device (a s    3151 substreams, respectively, of this device (a substream is the equivalent
3054 of a MIDI port).                                 3152 of a MIDI port).
3055                                                  3153 
3056 Set the ``info_flags`` field to specify the c    3154 Set the ``info_flags`` field to specify the capabilities of the
3057 device. Set ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT`` if     3155 device. Set ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_OUTPUT`` if there is at least one
3058 output port, ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT`` if     3156 output port, ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_INPUT`` if there is at least one
3059 input port, and ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX``    3157 input port, and ``SNDRV_RAWMIDI_INFO_DUPLEX`` if the device can handle
3060 output and input at the same time.               3158 output and input at the same time.
3061                                                  3159 
3062 After the rawmidi device is created, you need    3160 After the rawmidi device is created, you need to set the operators
3063 (callbacks) for each substream. There are hel    3161 (callbacks) for each substream. There are helper functions to set the
3064 operators for all the substreams of a device: !! 3162 operators for all the substreams of a device:
                                                   >> 3163 
                                                   >> 3164 ::
3065                                                  3165 
3066   snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_ST    3166   snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT, &snd_mymidi_output_ops);
3067   snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_ST    3167   snd_rawmidi_set_ops(rmidi, SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT, &snd_mymidi_input_ops);
3068                                                  3168 
3069 The operators are usually defined like this:: !! 3169 The operators are usually defined like this:
                                                   >> 3170 
                                                   >> 3171 ::
3070                                                  3172 
3071   static struct snd_rawmidi_ops snd_mymidi_ou    3173   static struct snd_rawmidi_ops snd_mymidi_output_ops = {
3072           .open =    snd_mymidi_output_open,     3174           .open =    snd_mymidi_output_open,
3073           .close =   snd_mymidi_output_close,    3175           .close =   snd_mymidi_output_close,
3074           .trigger = snd_mymidi_output_trigge    3176           .trigger = snd_mymidi_output_trigger,
3075   };                                             3177   };
3076                                                  3178 
3077 These callbacks are explained in the `RawMIDI    3179 These callbacks are explained in the `RawMIDI Callbacks`_ section.
3078                                                  3180 
3079 If there are more than one substream, you sho    3181 If there are more than one substream, you should give a unique name to
3080 each of them::                                !! 3182 each of them:
                                                   >> 3183 
                                                   >> 3184 ::
3081                                                  3185 
3082   struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;       3186   struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;
3083   list_for_each_entry(substream,                 3187   list_for_each_entry(substream,
3084                       &rmidi->streams[SNDRV_R    3188                       &rmidi->streams[SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_OUTPUT].substreams,
3085                       list {                     3189                       list {
3086           sprintf(substream->name, "My MIDI P    3190           sprintf(substream->name, "My MIDI Port %d", substream->number + 1);
3087   }                                              3191   }
3088   /* same for SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT */      3192   /* same for SNDRV_RAWMIDI_STREAM_INPUT */
3089                                                  3193 
3090 RawMIDI Callbacks                                3194 RawMIDI Callbacks
3091 -----------------                                3195 -----------------
3092                                                  3196 
3093 In all the callbacks, the private data that y    3197 In all the callbacks, the private data that you've set for the rawmidi
3094 device can be accessed as ``substream->rmidi-    3198 device can be accessed as ``substream->rmidi->private_data``.
3095                                                  3199 
3096 If there is more than one port, your callback    3200 If there is more than one port, your callbacks can determine the port
3097 index from the struct snd_rawmidi_substream d    3201 index from the struct snd_rawmidi_substream data passed to each
3098 callback::                                    !! 3202 callback:
                                                   >> 3203 
                                                   >> 3204 ::
3099                                                  3205 
3100   struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;       3206   struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream;
3101   int index = substream->number;                 3207   int index = substream->number;
3102                                                  3208 
3103 RawMIDI open callback                            3209 RawMIDI open callback
3104 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                            3210 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3105                                                  3211 
3106 ::                                               3212 ::
3107                                                  3213 
3108       static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_rawm    3214       static int snd_xxx_open(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
3109                                                  3215 
3110                                                  3216 
3111 This is called when a substream is opened. Yo    3217 This is called when a substream is opened. You can initialize the
3112 hardware here, but you shouldn't start transm    3218 hardware here, but you shouldn't start transmitting/receiving data yet.
3113                                                  3219 
3114 RawMIDI close callback                           3220 RawMIDI close callback
3115 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                           3221 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3116                                                  3222 
3117 ::                                               3223 ::
3118                                                  3224 
3119       static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_raw    3225       static int snd_xxx_close(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
3120                                                  3226 
3121 Guess what.                                      3227 Guess what.
3122                                                  3228 
3123 The ``open`` and ``close`` callbacks of a raw    3229 The ``open`` and ``close`` callbacks of a rawmidi device are
3124 serialized with a mutex, and can sleep.          3230 serialized with a mutex, and can sleep.
3125                                                  3231 
3126 Rawmidi trigger callback for output substream    3232 Rawmidi trigger callback for output substreams
3127 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~    3233 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3128                                                  3234 
3129 ::                                               3235 ::
3130                                                  3236 
3131       static void snd_xxx_output_trigger(stru    3237       static void snd_xxx_output_trigger(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream, int up);
3132                                                  3238 
3133                                                  3239 
3134 This is called with a nonzero ``up`` paramete    3240 This is called with a nonzero ``up`` parameter when there is some data
3135 in the substream buffer that must be transmit    3241 in the substream buffer that must be transmitted.
3136                                                  3242 
3137 To read data from the buffer, call               3243 To read data from the buffer, call
3138 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek()`. It wil    3244 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek()`. It will return the number
3139 of bytes that have been read; this will be le    3245 of bytes that have been read; this will be less than the number of bytes
3140 requested when there are no more data in the     3246 requested when there are no more data in the buffer. After the data have
3141 been transmitted successfully, call              3247 been transmitted successfully, call
3142 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack()` to remov    3248 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack()` to remove the data from the
3143 substream buffer::                            !! 3249 substream buffer:
                                                   >> 3250 
                                                   >> 3251 ::
3144                                                  3252 
3145   unsigned char data;                            3253   unsigned char data;
3146   while (snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek(substream,    3254   while (snd_rawmidi_transmit_peek(substream, &data, 1) == 1) {
3147           if (snd_mychip_try_to_transmit(data    3255           if (snd_mychip_try_to_transmit(data))
3148                   snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack(su    3256                   snd_rawmidi_transmit_ack(substream, 1);
3149           else                                   3257           else
3150                   break; /* hardware FIFO ful    3258                   break; /* hardware FIFO full */
3151   }                                              3259   }
3152                                                  3260 
3153 If you know beforehand that the hardware will    3261 If you know beforehand that the hardware will accept data, you can use
3154 the :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit()` function    3262 the :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit()` function which reads some
3155 data and removes them from the buffer at once !! 3263 data and removes them from the buffer at once:
                                                   >> 3264 
                                                   >> 3265 ::
3156                                                  3266 
3157   while (snd_mychip_transmit_possible()) {       3267   while (snd_mychip_transmit_possible()) {
3158           unsigned char data;                    3268           unsigned char data;
3159           if (snd_rawmidi_transmit(substream,    3269           if (snd_rawmidi_transmit(substream, &data, 1) != 1)
3160                   break; /* no more data */      3270                   break; /* no more data */
3161           snd_mychip_transmit(data);             3271           snd_mychip_transmit(data);
3162   }                                              3272   }
3163                                                  3273 
3164 If you know beforehand how many bytes you can    3274 If you know beforehand how many bytes you can accept, you can use a
3165 buffer size greater than one with the ``snd_r !! 3275 buffer size greater than one with the
                                                   >> 3276 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_transmit\*()` functions.
3166                                                  3277 
3167 The ``trigger`` callback must not sleep. If t    3278 The ``trigger`` callback must not sleep. If the hardware FIFO is full
3168 before the substream buffer has been emptied,    3279 before the substream buffer has been emptied, you have to continue
3169 transmitting data later, either in an interru    3280 transmitting data later, either in an interrupt handler, or with a
3170 timer if the hardware doesn't have a MIDI tra    3281 timer if the hardware doesn't have a MIDI transmit interrupt.
3171                                                  3282 
3172 The ``trigger`` callback is called with a zer    3283 The ``trigger`` callback is called with a zero ``up`` parameter when
3173 the transmission of data should be aborted.      3284 the transmission of data should be aborted.
3174                                                  3285 
3175 RawMIDI trigger callback for input substreams    3286 RawMIDI trigger callback for input substreams
3176 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~    3287 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3177                                                  3288 
3178 ::                                               3289 ::
3179                                                  3290 
3180       static void snd_xxx_input_trigger(struc    3291       static void snd_xxx_input_trigger(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream, int up);
3181                                                  3292 
3182                                                  3293 
3183 This is called with a nonzero ``up`` paramete    3294 This is called with a nonzero ``up`` parameter to enable receiving data,
3184 or with a zero ``up`` parameter do disable re    3295 or with a zero ``up`` parameter do disable receiving data.
3185                                                  3296 
3186 The ``trigger`` callback must not sleep; the     3297 The ``trigger`` callback must not sleep; the actual reading of data
3187 from the device is usually done in an interru    3298 from the device is usually done in an interrupt handler.
3188                                                  3299 
3189 When data reception is enabled, your interrup    3300 When data reception is enabled, your interrupt handler should call
3190 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_receive()` for all recei !! 3301 :c:func:`snd_rawmidi_receive()` for all received data:
                                                   >> 3302 
                                                   >> 3303 ::
3191                                                  3304 
3192   void snd_mychip_midi_interrupt(...)            3305   void snd_mychip_midi_interrupt(...)
3193   {                                              3306   {
3194           while (mychip_midi_available()) {      3307           while (mychip_midi_available()) {
3195                   unsigned char data;            3308                   unsigned char data;
3196                   data = mychip_midi_read();     3309                   data = mychip_midi_read();
3197                   snd_rawmidi_receive(substre    3310                   snd_rawmidi_receive(substream, &data, 1);
3198           }                                      3311           }
3199   }                                              3312   }
3200                                                  3313 
3201                                                  3314 
3202 drain callback                                   3315 drain callback
3203 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~                                   3316 ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
3204                                                  3317 
3205 ::                                               3318 ::
3206                                                  3319 
3207       static void snd_xxx_drain(struct snd_ra    3320       static void snd_xxx_drain(struct snd_rawmidi_substream *substream);
3208                                                  3321 
3209                                                  3322 
3210 This is only used with output substreams. Thi    3323 This is only used with output substreams. This function should wait
3211 until all data read from the substream buffer    3324 until all data read from the substream buffer have been transmitted.
3212 This ensures that the device can be closed an    3325 This ensures that the device can be closed and the driver unloaded
3213 without losing data.                             3326 without losing data.
3214                                                  3327 
3215 This callback is optional. If you do not set     3328 This callback is optional. If you do not set ``drain`` in the struct
3216 snd_rawmidi_ops structure, ALSA will simply w !! 3329 snd_rawmidi_ops structure, ALSA will simply wait for 50 milliseconds
3217 instead.                                         3330 instead.
3218                                                  3331 
3219 Miscellaneous Devices                            3332 Miscellaneous Devices
3220 =====================                            3333 =====================
3221                                                  3334 
3222 FM OPL3                                          3335 FM OPL3
3223 -------                                          3336 -------
3224                                                  3337 
3225 The FM OPL3 is still used in many chips (main    3338 The FM OPL3 is still used in many chips (mainly for backward
3226 compatibility). ALSA has a nice OPL3 FM contr    3339 compatibility). ALSA has a nice OPL3 FM control layer, too. The OPL3 API
3227 is defined in ``<sound/opl3.h>``.                3340 is defined in ``<sound/opl3.h>``.
3228                                                  3341 
3229 FM registers can be directly accessed through    3342 FM registers can be directly accessed through the direct-FM API, defined
3230 in ``<sound/asound_fm.h>``. In ALSA native mo    3343 in ``<sound/asound_fm.h>``. In ALSA native mode, FM registers are
3231 accessed through the Hardware-Dependent Devic    3344 accessed through the Hardware-Dependent Device direct-FM extension API,
3232 whereas in OSS compatible mode, FM registers     3345 whereas in OSS compatible mode, FM registers can be accessed with the
3233 OSS direct-FM compatible API in ``/dev/dmfmX`    3346 OSS direct-FM compatible API in ``/dev/dmfmX`` device.
3234                                                  3347 
3235 To create the OPL3 component, you have two fu    3348 To create the OPL3 component, you have two functions to call. The first
3236 one is a constructor for the ``opl3_t`` insta !! 3349 one is a constructor for the ``opl3_t`` instance.
                                                   >> 3350 
                                                   >> 3351 ::
3237                                                  3352 
3238   struct snd_opl3 *opl3;                         3353   struct snd_opl3 *opl3;
3239   snd_opl3_create(card, lport, rport, OPL3_HW    3354   snd_opl3_create(card, lport, rport, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX,
3240                   integrated, &opl3);            3355                   integrated, &opl3);
3241                                                  3356 
3242 The first argument is the card pointer, the s    3357 The first argument is the card pointer, the second one is the left port
3243 address, and the third is the right port addr    3358 address, and the third is the right port address. In most cases, the
3244 right port is placed at the left port + 2.       3359 right port is placed at the left port + 2.
3245                                                  3360 
3246 The fourth argument is the hardware type.        3361 The fourth argument is the hardware type.
3247                                                  3362 
3248 When the left and right ports have been alrea    3363 When the left and right ports have been already allocated by the card
3249 driver, pass non-zero to the fifth argument (    3364 driver, pass non-zero to the fifth argument (``integrated``). Otherwise,
3250 the opl3 module will allocate the specified p    3365 the opl3 module will allocate the specified ports by itself.
3251                                                  3366 
3252 When the accessing the hardware requires spec    3367 When the accessing the hardware requires special method instead of the
3253 standard I/O access, you can create opl3 inst    3368 standard I/O access, you can create opl3 instance separately with
3254 :c:func:`snd_opl3_new()`::                    !! 3369 :c:func:`snd_opl3_new()`.
                                                   >> 3370 
                                                   >> 3371 ::
3255                                                  3372 
3256   struct snd_opl3 *opl3;                         3373   struct snd_opl3 *opl3;
3257   snd_opl3_new(card, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX, &opl3)    3374   snd_opl3_new(card, OPL3_HW_OPL3_XXX, &opl3);
3258                                                  3375 
3259 Then set ``command``, ``private_data`` and ``    3376 Then set ``command``, ``private_data`` and ``private_free`` for the
3260 private access function, the private data and    3377 private access function, the private data and the destructor. The
3261 ``l_port`` and ``r_port`` are not necessarily    3378 ``l_port`` and ``r_port`` are not necessarily set. Only the command
3262 must be set properly. You can retrieve the da    3379 must be set properly. You can retrieve the data from the
3263 ``opl3->private_data`` field.                    3380 ``opl3->private_data`` field. 
3264                                                  3381 
3265 After creating the opl3 instance via :c:func:    3382 After creating the opl3 instance via :c:func:`snd_opl3_new()`,
3266 call :c:func:`snd_opl3_init()` to initialize     3383 call :c:func:`snd_opl3_init()` to initialize the chip to the
3267 proper state. Note that :c:func:`snd_opl3_cre    3384 proper state. Note that :c:func:`snd_opl3_create()` always calls
3268 it internally.                                   3385 it internally.
3269                                                  3386 
3270 If the opl3 instance is created successfully,    3387 If the opl3 instance is created successfully, then create a hwdep device
3271 for this opl3::                               !! 3388 for this opl3.
                                                   >> 3389 
                                                   >> 3390 ::
3272                                                  3391 
3273   struct snd_hwdep *opl3hwdep;                   3392   struct snd_hwdep *opl3hwdep;
3274   snd_opl3_hwdep_new(opl3, 0, 1, &opl3hwdep);    3393   snd_opl3_hwdep_new(opl3, 0, 1, &opl3hwdep);
3275                                                  3394 
3276 The first argument is the ``opl3_t`` instance    3395 The first argument is the ``opl3_t`` instance you created, and the
3277 second is the index number, usually 0.           3396 second is the index number, usually 0.
3278                                                  3397 
3279 The third argument is the index-offset for th    3398 The third argument is the index-offset for the sequencer client assigned
3280 to the OPL3 port. When there is an MPU401-UAR    3399 to the OPL3 port. When there is an MPU401-UART, give 1 for here (UART
3281 always takes 0).                                 3400 always takes 0).
3282                                                  3401 
3283 Hardware-Dependent Devices                       3402 Hardware-Dependent Devices
3284 --------------------------                       3403 --------------------------
3285                                                  3404 
3286 Some chips need user-space access for special    3405 Some chips need user-space access for special controls or for loading
3287 the micro code. In such a case, you can creat    3406 the micro code. In such a case, you can create a hwdep
3288 (hardware-dependent) device. The hwdep API is    3407 (hardware-dependent) device. The hwdep API is defined in
3289 ``<sound/hwdep.h>``. You can find examples in    3408 ``<sound/hwdep.h>``. You can find examples in opl3 driver or
3290 ``isa/sb/sb16_csp.c``.                           3409 ``isa/sb/sb16_csp.c``.
3291                                                  3410 
3292 The creation of the ``hwdep`` instance is don    3411 The creation of the ``hwdep`` instance is done via
3293 :c:func:`snd_hwdep_new()`::                   !! 3412 :c:func:`snd_hwdep_new()`.
                                                   >> 3413 
                                                   >> 3414 ::
3294                                                  3415 
3295   struct snd_hwdep *hw;                          3416   struct snd_hwdep *hw;
3296   snd_hwdep_new(card, "My HWDEP", 0, &hw);       3417   snd_hwdep_new(card, "My HWDEP", 0, &hw);
3297                                                  3418 
3298 where the third argument is the index number.    3419 where the third argument is the index number.
3299                                                  3420 
3300 You can then pass any pointer value to the ``    3421 You can then pass any pointer value to the ``private_data``. If you
3301 assign private data, you should define a dest !! 3422 assign a private data, you should define the destructor, too. The
3302 destructor function is set in the ``private_f !! 3423 destructor function is set in the ``private_free`` field.
                                                   >> 3424 
                                                   >> 3425 ::
3303                                                  3426 
3304   struct mydata *p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), GFP_    3427   struct mydata *p = kmalloc(sizeof(*p), GFP_KERNEL);
3305   hw->private_data = p;                          3428   hw->private_data = p;
3306   hw->private_free = mydata_free;                3429   hw->private_free = mydata_free;
3307                                                  3430 
3308 and the implementation of the destructor woul !! 3431 and the implementation of the destructor would be:
                                                   >> 3432 
                                                   >> 3433 ::
3309                                                  3434 
3310   static void mydata_free(struct snd_hwdep *h    3435   static void mydata_free(struct snd_hwdep *hw)
3311   {                                              3436   {
3312           struct mydata *p = hw->private_data    3437           struct mydata *p = hw->private_data;
3313           kfree(p);                              3438           kfree(p);
3314   }                                              3439   }
3315                                                  3440 
3316 The arbitrary file operations can be defined     3441 The arbitrary file operations can be defined for this instance. The file
3317 operators are defined in the ``ops`` table. F    3442 operators are defined in the ``ops`` table. For example, assume that
3318 this chip needs an ioctl::                    !! 3443 this chip needs an ioctl.
                                                   >> 3444 
                                                   >> 3445 ::
3319                                                  3446 
3320   hw->ops.open = mydata_open;                    3447   hw->ops.open = mydata_open;
3321   hw->ops.ioctl = mydata_ioctl;                  3448   hw->ops.ioctl = mydata_ioctl;
3322   hw->ops.release = mydata_release;              3449   hw->ops.release = mydata_release;
3323                                                  3450 
3324 And implement the callback functions as you l    3451 And implement the callback functions as you like.
3325                                                  3452 
3326 IEC958 (S/PDIF)                                  3453 IEC958 (S/PDIF)
3327 ---------------                                  3454 ---------------
3328                                                  3455 
3329 Usually the controls for IEC958 devices are i    3456 Usually the controls for IEC958 devices are implemented via the control
3330 interface. There is a macro to compose a name    3457 interface. There is a macro to compose a name string for IEC958
3331 controls, :c:func:`SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()` d    3458 controls, :c:func:`SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()` defined in
3332 ``<include/asound.h>``.                          3459 ``<include/asound.h>``.
3333                                                  3460 
3334 There are some standard controls for IEC958 s    3461 There are some standard controls for IEC958 status bits. These controls
3335 use the type ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_IEC958``,     3462 use the type ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_TYPE_IEC958``, and the size of element is
3336 fixed as 4 bytes array (value.iec958.status[x    3463 fixed as 4 bytes array (value.iec958.status[x]). For the ``info``
3337 callback, you don't specify the value field f    3464 callback, you don't specify the value field for this type (the count
3338 field must be set, though).                      3465 field must be set, though).
3339                                                  3466 
3340 “IEC958 Playback Con Mask” is used to ret    3467 “IEC958 Playback Con Mask” is used to return the bit-mask for the IEC958
3341 status bits of consumer mode. Similarly, “I    3468 status bits of consumer mode. Similarly, “IEC958 Playback Pro Mask”
3342 returns the bitmask for professional mode. Th !! 3469 returns the bitmask for professional mode. They are read-only controls,
                                                   >> 3470 and are defined as MIXER controls (iface =
                                                   >> 3471 ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_MIXER``).
3343                                                  3472 
3344 Meanwhile, “IEC958 Playback Default” cont    3473 Meanwhile, “IEC958 Playback Default” control is defined for getting and
3345 setting the current default IEC958 bits.      !! 3474 setting the current default IEC958 bits. Note that this one is usually
3346                                               !! 3475 defined as a PCM control (iface = ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM``),
3347 Due to historical reasons, both variants of t !! 3476 although in some places it's defined as a MIXER control.
3348 Playback Default controls can be implemented  << 
3349 ``SNDRV_CTL_ELEM_IFACE_PCM`` or a ``SNDRV_CTL << 
3350 Drivers should expose the mask and default on << 
3351                                                  3477 
3352 In addition, you can define the control switc    3478 In addition, you can define the control switches to enable/disable or to
3353 set the raw bit mode. The implementation will    3479 set the raw bit mode. The implementation will depend on the chip, but
3354 the control should be named as “IEC958 xxx    3480 the control should be named as “IEC958 xxx”, preferably using the
3355 :c:func:`SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()` macro.         3481 :c:func:`SNDRV_CTL_NAME_IEC958()` macro.
3356                                                  3482 
3357 You can find several cases, for example, ``pc    3483 You can find several cases, for example, ``pci/emu10k1``,
3358 ``pci/ice1712``, or ``pci/cmipci.c``.            3484 ``pci/ice1712``, or ``pci/cmipci.c``.
3359                                                  3485 
3360 Buffer and Memory Management                     3486 Buffer and Memory Management
3361 ============================                     3487 ============================
3362                                                  3488 
3363 Buffer Types                                     3489 Buffer Types
3364 ------------                                     3490 ------------
3365                                                  3491 
3366 ALSA provides several different buffer alloca    3492 ALSA provides several different buffer allocation functions depending on
3367 the bus and the architecture. All these have     3493 the bus and the architecture. All these have a consistent API. The
3368 allocation of physically-contiguous pages is  !! 3494 allocation of physically-contiguous pages is done via
3369 :c:func:`snd_malloc_xxx_pages()` function, wh    3495 :c:func:`snd_malloc_xxx_pages()` function, where xxx is the bus
3370 type.                                            3496 type.
3371                                                  3497 
3372 The allocation of pages with fallback is done !! 3498 The allocation of pages with fallback is
3373 :c:func:`snd_dma_alloc_pages_fallback()`. Thi !! 3499 :c:func:`snd_malloc_xxx_pages_fallback()`. This function tries
3374 to allocate the specified number of pages, bu !! 3500 to allocate the specified pages but if the pages are not available, it
3375 available, it tries to reduce the request siz !! 3501 tries to reduce the page sizes until enough space is found.
3376 is found, down to one page.                   << 
3377                                                  3502 
3378 To release the pages, call the :c:func:`snd_d !! 3503 The release the pages, call :c:func:`snd_free_xxx_pages()`
3379 function.                                        3504 function.
3380                                                  3505 
3381 Usually, ALSA drivers try to allocate and res    3506 Usually, ALSA drivers try to allocate and reserve a large contiguous
3382 physical space at the time the module is load !! 3507 physical space at the time the module is loaded for the later use. This
3383 is called “pre-allocation”. As already wr    3508 is called “pre-allocation”. As already written, you can call the
3384 following function at PCM instance constructi !! 3509 following function at pcm instance construction time (in the case of PCI
3385 bus)::                                        !! 3510 bus).
                                                   >> 3511 
                                                   >> 3512 ::
3386                                                  3513 
3387   snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm,     3514   snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all(pcm, SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV,
3388                                         &pci- !! 3515                                         snd_dma_pci_data(pci), size, max);
3389                                                  3516 
3390 where ``size`` is the byte size to be pre-all !! 3517 where ``size`` is the byte size to be pre-allocated and the ``max`` is
3391 the maximum size settable via the ``prealloc` !! 3518 the maximum size to be changed via the ``prealloc`` proc file. The
3392 allocator will try to get an area as large as    3519 allocator will try to get an area as large as possible within the
3393 given size.                                      3520 given size.
3394                                                  3521 
3395 The second argument (type) and the third argu    3522 The second argument (type) and the third argument (device pointer) are
3396 dependent on the bus. For normal devices, pas    3523 dependent on the bus. For normal devices, pass the device pointer
3397 (typically identical as ``card->dev``) to the    3524 (typically identical as ``card->dev``) to the third argument with
3398 ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV`` type.                  !! 3525 ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV`` type. For the continuous buffer unrelated to the
3399                                               !! 3526 bus can be pre-allocated with ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_CONTINUOUS`` type and the
3400 A continuous buffer unrelated to the          !! 3527 ``snd_dma_continuous_data(GFP_KERNEL)`` device pointer, where
3401 bus can be pre-allocated with ``SNDRV_DMA_TYP !! 3528 ``GFP_KERNEL`` is the kernel allocation flag to use. For the
3402 You can pass NULL to the device pointer in th !! 3529 scatter-gather buffers, use ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG`` with the device
3403 default mode implying to allocate with the `` !! 3530 pointer (see the `Non-Contiguous Buffers`_
3404 If you need a restricted (lower) address, set !! 3531 section).
3405 bits for the device, and pass the device poin << 
3406 device memory allocations.  For this type, it << 
3407 NULL to the device pointer, too, if no addres << 
3408                                               << 
3409 For the scatter-gather buffers, use ``SNDRV_D << 
3410 device pointer (see the `Non-Contiguous Buffe << 
3411                                                  3532 
3412 Once the buffer is pre-allocated, you can use    3533 Once the buffer is pre-allocated, you can use the allocator in the
3413 ``hw_params`` callback::                      !! 3534 ``hw_params`` callback:
                                                   >> 3535 
                                                   >> 3536 ::
3414                                                  3537 
3415   snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, size);     3538   snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages(substream, size);
3416                                                  3539 
3417 Note that you have to pre-allocate to use thi    3540 Note that you have to pre-allocate to use this function.
3418                                                  3541 
3419 But most drivers use the "managed buffer allo << 
3420 of manual allocation and release.             << 
3421 This is done by calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_set_ << 
3422 instead of :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_p << 
3423                                               << 
3424   snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_D << 
3425                                  &pci->dev, s << 
3426                                               << 
3427 where the passed arguments are identical for  << 
3428 The difference in the managed mode is that PC << 
3429 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` internal << 
3430 the PCM ``hw_params`` callback, and call :c:f << 
3431 after the PCM ``hw_free`` callback automatica << 
3432 doesn't have to call these functions explicit << 
3433 longer.  This allows many drivers to have NUL << 
3434 ``hw_free`` entries.                          << 
3435                                               << 
3436 External Hardware Buffers                        3542 External Hardware Buffers
3437 -------------------------                        3543 -------------------------
3438                                                  3544 
3439 Some chips have their own hardware buffers an !! 3545 Some chips have their own hardware buffers and the DMA transfer from the
3440 host memory is not available. In such a case,    3546 host memory is not available. In such a case, you need to either 1)
3441 copy/set the audio data directly to the exter    3547 copy/set the audio data directly to the external hardware buffer, or 2)
3442 make an intermediate buffer and copy/set the     3548 make an intermediate buffer and copy/set the data from it to the
3443 external hardware buffer in interrupts (or in    3549 external hardware buffer in interrupts (or in tasklets, preferably).
3444                                                  3550 
3445 The first case works fine if the external har    3551 The first case works fine if the external hardware buffer is large
3446 enough. This method doesn't need any extra bu    3552 enough. This method doesn't need any extra buffers and thus is more
3447 efficient. You need to define the ``copy`` ca !! 3553 effective. You need to define the ``copy_user`` and ``copy_kernel``
3448 for the data transfer, in addition to the ``f !! 3554 callbacks for the data transfer, in addition to ``fill_silence``
3449 callback for playback. However, there is a dr    3555 callback for playback. However, there is a drawback: it cannot be
3450 mmapped. The examples are GUS's GF1 PCM or em    3556 mmapped. The examples are GUS's GF1 PCM or emu8000's wavetable PCM.
3451                                                  3557 
3452 The second case allows for mmap on the buffer    3558 The second case allows for mmap on the buffer, although you have to
3453 handle an interrupt or a tasklet to transfer     3559 handle an interrupt or a tasklet to transfer the data from the
3454 intermediate buffer to the hardware buffer. Y    3560 intermediate buffer to the hardware buffer. You can find an example in
3455 the vxpocket driver.                             3561 the vxpocket driver.
3456                                                  3562 
3457 Another case is when the chip uses a PCI memo    3563 Another case is when the chip uses a PCI memory-map region for the
3458 buffer instead of the host memory. In this ca    3564 buffer instead of the host memory. In this case, mmap is available only
3459 on certain architectures like the Intel one.     3565 on certain architectures like the Intel one. In non-mmap mode, the data
3460 cannot be transferred as in the normal way. T    3566 cannot be transferred as in the normal way. Thus you need to define the
3461 ``copy`` and ``fill_silence`` callbacks as we !! 3567 ``copy_user``, ``copy_kernel`` and ``fill_silence`` callbacks as well,
3462 as in the cases above. Examples are found in  !! 3568 as in the cases above. The examples are found in ``rme32.c`` and
3463 ``rme96.c``.                                     3569 ``rme96.c``.
3464                                                  3570 
3465 The implementation of the ``copy`` and        !! 3571 The implementation of the ``copy_user``, ``copy_kernel`` and
3466 ``silence`` callbacks depends upon whether th    3572 ``silence`` callbacks depends upon whether the hardware supports
3467 interleaved or non-interleaved samples. The ` !! 3573 interleaved or non-interleaved samples. The ``copy_user`` callback is
3468 defined like below, a bit differently dependi !! 3574 defined like below, a bit differently depending whether the direction
3469 is playback or capture::                      !! 3575 is playback or capture:
3470                                                  3576 
3471   static int playback_copy(struct snd_pcm_sub !! 3577 ::
                                                   >> 3578 
                                                   >> 3579   static int playback_copy_user(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
3472                int channel, unsigned long pos    3580                int channel, unsigned long pos,
3473                struct iov_iter *src, unsigned !! 3581                void __user *src, unsigned long count);
3474   static int capture_copy(struct snd_pcm_subs !! 3582   static int capture_copy_user(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
3475                int channel, unsigned long pos    3583                int channel, unsigned long pos,
3476                struct iov_iter *dst, unsigned !! 3584                void __user *dst, unsigned long count);
3477                                                  3585 
3478 In the case of interleaved samples, the secon    3586 In the case of interleaved samples, the second argument (``channel``) is
3479 not used. The third argument (``pos``) specif !! 3587 not used. The third argument (``pos``) points the current position
                                                   >> 3588 offset in bytes.
3480                                                  3589 
3481 The meaning of the fourth argument is differe    3590 The meaning of the fourth argument is different between playback and
3482 capture. For playback, it holds the source da    3591 capture. For playback, it holds the source data pointer, and for
3483 capture, it's the destination data pointer.      3592 capture, it's the destination data pointer.
3484                                                  3593 
3485 The last argument is the number of bytes to b    3594 The last argument is the number of bytes to be copied.
3486                                                  3595 
3487 What you have to do in this callback is again    3596 What you have to do in this callback is again different between playback
3488 and capture directions. In the playback case,    3597 and capture directions. In the playback case, you copy the given amount
3489 of data (``count``) at the specified pointer     3598 of data (``count``) at the specified pointer (``src``) to the specified
3490 offset (``pos``) in the hardware buffer. When !! 3599 offset (``pos``) on the hardware buffer. When coded like memcpy-like
3491 way, the copy would look like::               !! 3600 way, the copy would be like:
                                                   >> 3601 
                                                   >> 3602 ::
3492                                                  3603 
3493   my_memcpy_from_iter(my_buffer + pos, src, c !! 3604   my_memcpy_from_user(my_buffer + pos, src, count);
3494                                                  3605 
3495 For the capture direction, you copy the given    3606 For the capture direction, you copy the given amount of data (``count``)
3496 at the specified offset (``pos``) in the hard !! 3607 at the specified offset (``pos``) on the hardware buffer to the
3497 specified pointer (``dst``)::                 !! 3608 specified pointer (``dst``).
                                                   >> 3609 
                                                   >> 3610 ::
3498                                                  3611 
3499   my_memcpy_to_iter(dst, my_buffer + pos, cou !! 3612   my_memcpy_to_user(dst, my_buffer + pos, count);
3500                                                  3613 
3501 The given ``src`` or ``dst`` a struct iov_ite !! 3614 Here the functions are named as ``from_user`` and ``to_user`` because
3502 pointer and the size.  Use the existing helpe !! 3615 it's the user-space buffer that is passed to these callbacks.  That
3503 data as defined in ``linux/uio.h``.           !! 3616 is, the callback is supposed to copy from/to the user-space data
                                                   >> 3617 directly to/from the hardware buffer.
3504                                                  3618 
3505 Careful readers might notice that these callb    3619 Careful readers might notice that these callbacks receive the
3506 arguments in bytes, not in frames like other     3620 arguments in bytes, not in frames like other callbacks.  It's because
3507 this makes coding easier like in the examples !! 3621 it would make coding easier like the examples above, and also it makes
3508 it easier to unify both the interleaved and n !! 3622 easier to unify both the interleaved and non-interleaved cases, as
3509 explained below.                              !! 3623 explained in the following.
3510                                                  3624 
3511 In the case of non-interleaved samples, the i    3625 In the case of non-interleaved samples, the implementation will be a bit
3512 more complicated.  The callback is called for !! 3626 more complicated.  The callback is called for each channel, passed by
3513 the second argument, so in total it's called  !! 3627 the second argument, so totally it's called for N-channels times per
                                                   >> 3628 transfer.
                                                   >> 3629 
                                                   >> 3630 The meaning of other arguments are almost same as the interleaved
                                                   >> 3631 case.  The callback is supposed to copy the data from/to the given
                                                   >> 3632 user-space buffer, but only for the given channel.  For the detailed
                                                   >> 3633 implementations, please check ``isa/gus/gus_pcm.c`` or
                                                   >> 3634 "pci/rme9652/rme9652.c" as examples.
                                                   >> 3635 
                                                   >> 3636 The above callbacks are the copy from/to the user-space buffer.  There
                                                   >> 3637 are some cases where we want copy from/to the kernel-space buffer
                                                   >> 3638 instead.  In such a case, ``copy_kernel`` callback is called.  It'd
                                                   >> 3639 look like:
                                                   >> 3640 
                                                   >> 3641 ::
3514                                                  3642 
3515 The meaning of the other arguments are almost !! 3643   static int playback_copy_kernel(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
3516 interleaved case.  The callback is supposed t !! 3644                int channel, unsigned long pos,
3517 the given user-space buffer, but only for the !! 3645                void *src, unsigned long count);
3518 details, please check ``isa/gus/gus_pcm.c`` o !! 3646   static int capture_copy_kernel(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
3519 as examples.                                  !! 3647                int channel, unsigned long pos,
                                                   >> 3648                void *dst, unsigned long count);
                                                   >> 3649 
                                                   >> 3650 As found easily, the only difference is that the buffer pointer is
                                                   >> 3651 without ``__user`` prefix; that is, a kernel-buffer pointer is passed
                                                   >> 3652 in the fourth argument.  Correspondingly, the implementation would be
                                                   >> 3653 a version without the user-copy, such as:
                                                   >> 3654 
                                                   >> 3655 ::
                                                   >> 3656 
                                                   >> 3657   my_memcpy(my_buffer + pos, src, count);
3520                                                  3658 
3521 Usually for the playback, another callback ``    3659 Usually for the playback, another callback ``fill_silence`` is
3522 defined.  It's implemented in a similar way a    3660 defined.  It's implemented in a similar way as the copy callbacks
3523 above::                                       !! 3661 above:
                                                   >> 3662 
                                                   >> 3663 ::
3524                                                  3664 
3525   static int silence(struct snd_pcm_substream    3665   static int silence(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream, int channel,
3526                      unsigned long pos, unsig    3666                      unsigned long pos, unsigned long count);
3527                                                  3667 
3528 The meanings of arguments are the same as in  !! 3668 The meanings of arguments are the same as in the ``copy_user`` and
3529 although there is no buffer pointer           !! 3669 ``copy_kernel`` callbacks, although there is no buffer pointer
3530 argument. In the case of interleaved samples,    3670 argument. In the case of interleaved samples, the channel argument has
3531 no meaning, as for the ``copy`` callback.     !! 3671 no meaning, as well as on ``copy_*`` callbacks.
3532                                                  3672 
3533 The role of the ``fill_silence`` callback is  !! 3673 The role of ``fill_silence`` callback is to set the given amount
3534 (``count``) of silence data at the specified  !! 3674 (``count``) of silence data at the specified offset (``pos``) on the
3535 hardware buffer. Suppose that the data format    3675 hardware buffer. Suppose that the data format is signed (that is, the
3536 silent-data is 0), and the implementation usi    3676 silent-data is 0), and the implementation using a memset-like function
3537 would look like::                             !! 3677 would be like: 
                                                   >> 3678 
                                                   >> 3679 ::
3538                                                  3680 
3539   my_memset(my_buffer + pos, 0, count);          3681   my_memset(my_buffer + pos, 0, count);
3540                                                  3682 
3541 In the case of non-interleaved samples, again    3683 In the case of non-interleaved samples, again, the implementation
3542 becomes a bit more complicated, as it's calle !! 3684 becomes a bit more complicated, as it's called N-times per transfer
3543 for each channel. See, for example, ``isa/gus    3685 for each channel. See, for example, ``isa/gus/gus_pcm.c``.
3544                                                  3686 
3545 Non-Contiguous Buffers                           3687 Non-Contiguous Buffers
3546 ----------------------                           3688 ----------------------
3547                                                  3689 
3548 If your hardware supports a page table as in  !! 3690 If your hardware supports the page table as in emu10k1 or the buffer
3549 descriptors as in via82xx, you can use scatte !! 3691 descriptors as in via82xx, you can use the scatter-gather (SG) DMA. ALSA
3550 provides an interface for handling SG-buffers    3692 provides an interface for handling SG-buffers. The API is provided in
3551 ``<sound/pcm.h>``.                               3693 ``<sound/pcm.h>``.
3552                                                  3694 
3553 For creating the SG-buffer handler, call         3695 For creating the SG-buffer handler, call
3554 :c:func:`snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer()` or     !! 3696 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages()` or
3555 :c:func:`snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all()` wi !! 3697 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_preallocate_pages_for_all()` with
3556 ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG`` in the PCM construc !! 3698 ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_DEV_SG`` in the PCM constructor like other PCI
3557 pre-allocations. You need to pass ``&pci->dev !! 3699 pre-allocator. You need to pass ``snd_dma_pci_data(pci)``, where pci is
3558 the struct pci_dev pointer of the chip as wel !! 3700 the :c:type:`struct pci_dev <pci_dev>` pointer of the chip as
                                                   >> 3701 well. The ``struct snd_sg_buf`` instance is created as
                                                   >> 3702 ``substream->dma_private``. You can cast the pointer like:
3559                                                  3703 
3560   snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_D !! 3704 ::
3561                                  &pci->dev, s << 
3562                                               << 
3563 The ``struct snd_sg_buf`` instance is created << 
3564 ``substream->dma_private`` in turn. You can c << 
3565                                                  3705 
3566   struct snd_sg_buf *sgbuf = (struct snd_sg_b    3706   struct snd_sg_buf *sgbuf = (struct snd_sg_buf *)substream->dma_private;
3567                                                  3707 
3568 Then in the :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages !! 3708 Then call :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` in the ``hw_params``
                                                   >> 3709 callback as well as in the case of normal PCI buffer. The SG-buffer
3569 handler will allocate the non-contiguous kern    3710 handler will allocate the non-contiguous kernel pages of the given size
3570 and map them as virtually contiguous memory.  !! 3711 and map them onto the virtually contiguous memory. The virtual pointer
3571 is addressed via runtime->dma_area. The physi !! 3712 is addressed in runtime->dma_area. The physical address
3572 (``runtime->dma_addr``) is set to zero, becau    3713 (``runtime->dma_addr``) is set to zero, because the buffer is
3573 physically non-contiguous. The physical addre    3714 physically non-contiguous. The physical address table is set up in
3574 ``sgbuf->table``. You can get the physical ad    3715 ``sgbuf->table``. You can get the physical address at a certain offset
3575 via :c:func:`snd_pcm_sgbuf_get_addr()`.          3716 via :c:func:`snd_pcm_sgbuf_get_addr()`.
3576                                                  3717 
3577 If you need to release the SG-buffer data exp !! 3718 When a SG-handler is used, you need to set
3578 standard API function :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_fr !! 3719 :c:func:`snd_pcm_sgbuf_ops_page()` as the ``page`` callback. (See
                                                   >> 3720 `page callback`_ section.)
                                                   >> 3721 
                                                   >> 3722 To release the data, call :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_free_pages()` in
                                                   >> 3723 the ``hw_free`` callback as usual.
3579                                                  3724 
3580 Vmalloc'ed Buffers                               3725 Vmalloc'ed Buffers
3581 ------------------                               3726 ------------------
3582                                                  3727 
3583 It's possible to use a buffer allocated via :    3728 It's possible to use a buffer allocated via :c:func:`vmalloc()`, for
3584 example, for an intermediate buffer.          !! 3729 example, for an intermediate buffer. Since the allocated pages are not
3585 You can simply allocate it via the standard   !! 3730 contiguous, you need to set the ``page`` callback to obtain the physical
3586 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_malloc_pages()` and co.  !! 3731 address at every offset.
3587 buffer preallocation with ``SNDRV_DMA_TYPE_VM !! 3732 
3588                                               !! 3733 The easiest way to achieve it would be to use
3589   snd_pcm_set_managed_buffer_all(pcm, SNDRV_D !! 3734 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_alloc_vmalloc_buffer()` for allocating the buffer
3590                                  NULL, 0, 0); !! 3735 via :c:func:`vmalloc()`, and set :c:func:`snd_pcm_sgbuf_ops_page()` to
3591                                               !! 3736 the ``page`` callback.  At release, you need to call
3592 NULL is passed as the device pointer argument !! 3737 :c:func:`snd_pcm_lib_free_vmalloc_buffer()`.
3593 that default pages (GFP_KERNEL and GFP_HIGHME !! 3738 
3594 allocated.                                    !! 3739 If you want to implementation the ``page`` manually, it would be like
3595                                               !! 3740 this:
3596 Also, note that zero is passed as both the si !! 3741 
3597 argument here.  Since each vmalloc call shoul !! 3742 ::
3598 we don't need to pre-allocate the buffers lik !! 3743 
3599 pages.                                        !! 3744   #include <linux/vmalloc.h>
                                                   >> 3745 
                                                   >> 3746   /* get the physical page pointer on the given offset */
                                                   >> 3747   static struct page *mychip_page(struct snd_pcm_substream *substream,
                                                   >> 3748                                   unsigned long offset)
                                                   >> 3749   {
                                                   >> 3750           void *pageptr = substream->runtime->dma_area + offset;
                                                   >> 3751           return vmalloc_to_page(pageptr);
                                                   >> 3752   }
3600                                                  3753 
3601 Proc Interface                                   3754 Proc Interface
3602 ==============                                   3755 ==============
3603                                                  3756 
3604 ALSA provides an easy interface for procfs. T    3757 ALSA provides an easy interface for procfs. The proc files are very
3605 useful for debugging. I recommend you set up     3758 useful for debugging. I recommend you set up proc files if you write a
3606 driver and want to get a running status or re    3759 driver and want to get a running status or register dumps. The API is
3607 found in ``<sound/info.h>``.                     3760 found in ``<sound/info.h>``.
3608                                                  3761 
3609 To create a proc file, call :c:func:`snd_card !! 3762 To create a proc file, call :c:func:`snd_card_proc_new()`.
                                                   >> 3763 
                                                   >> 3764 ::
3610                                                  3765 
3611   struct snd_info_entry *entry;                  3766   struct snd_info_entry *entry;
3612   int err = snd_card_proc_new(card, "my-file"    3767   int err = snd_card_proc_new(card, "my-file", &entry);
3613                                                  3768 
3614 where the second argument specifies the name     3769 where the second argument specifies the name of the proc file to be
3615 created. The above example will create a file    3770 created. The above example will create a file ``my-file`` under the
3616 card directory, e.g. ``/proc/asound/card0/my-    3771 card directory, e.g. ``/proc/asound/card0/my-file``.
3617                                                  3772 
3618 Like other components, the proc entry created    3773 Like other components, the proc entry created via
3619 :c:func:`snd_card_proc_new()` will be registe    3774 :c:func:`snd_card_proc_new()` will be registered and released
3620 automatically in the card registration and re    3775 automatically in the card registration and release functions.
3621                                                  3776 
3622 When the creation is successful, the function    3777 When the creation is successful, the function stores a new instance in
3623 the pointer given in the third argument. It i    3778 the pointer given in the third argument. It is initialized as a text
3624 proc file for read only. To use this proc fil    3779 proc file for read only. To use this proc file as a read-only text file
3625 as-is, set the read callback with private dat !! 3780 as it is, set the read callback with a private data via
3626 :c:func:`snd_info_set_text_ops()`::           !! 3781 :c:func:`snd_info_set_text_ops()`.
                                                   >> 3782 
                                                   >> 3783 ::
3627                                                  3784 
3628   snd_info_set_text_ops(entry, chip, my_proc_    3785   snd_info_set_text_ops(entry, chip, my_proc_read);
3629                                                  3786 
3630 where the second argument (``chip``) is the p    3787 where the second argument (``chip``) is the private data to be used in
3631 the callback. The third parameter specifies t !! 3788 the callbacks. The third parameter specifies the read buffer size and
3632 the fourth (``my_proc_read``) is the callback    3789 the fourth (``my_proc_read``) is the callback function, which is
3633 defined like::                                !! 3790 defined like
                                                   >> 3791 
                                                   >> 3792 ::
3634                                                  3793 
3635   static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_en    3794   static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
3636                            struct snd_info_bu    3795                            struct snd_info_buffer *buffer);
3637                                                  3796 
3638 In the read callback, use :c:func:`snd_iprint    3797 In the read callback, use :c:func:`snd_iprintf()` for output
3639 strings, which works just like normal :c:func    3798 strings, which works just like normal :c:func:`printf()`. For
3640 example::                                     !! 3799 example,
                                                   >> 3800 
                                                   >> 3801 ::
3641                                                  3802 
3642   static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_en    3803   static void my_proc_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
3643                            struct snd_info_bu    3804                            struct snd_info_buffer *buffer)
3644   {                                              3805   {
3645           struct my_chip *chip = entry->priva    3806           struct my_chip *chip = entry->private_data;
3646                                                  3807 
3647           snd_iprintf(buffer, "This is my chi    3808           snd_iprintf(buffer, "This is my chip!\n");
3648           snd_iprintf(buffer, "Port = %ld\n",    3809           snd_iprintf(buffer, "Port = %ld\n", chip->port);
3649   }                                              3810   }
3650                                                  3811 
3651 The file permissions can be changed afterward !! 3812 The file permissions can be changed afterwards. As default, it's set as
3652 read only for all users. If you want to add w    3813 read only for all users. If you want to add write permission for the
3653 user (root by default), do as follows::       !! 3814 user (root as default), do as follows:
                                                   >> 3815 
                                                   >> 3816 ::
3654                                                  3817 
3655  entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR;      3818  entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO | S_IWUSR;
3656                                                  3819 
3657 and set the write buffer size and the callbac !! 3820 and set the write buffer size and the callback
                                                   >> 3821 
                                                   >> 3822 ::
3658                                                  3823 
3659   entry->c.text.write = my_proc_write;           3824   entry->c.text.write = my_proc_write;
3660                                                  3825 
3661 In the write callback, you can use :c:func:`s !! 3826 For the write callback, you can use :c:func:`snd_info_get_line()`
3662 to get a text line, and :c:func:`snd_info_get    3827 to get a text line, and :c:func:`snd_info_get_str()` to retrieve
3663 a string from the line. Some examples are fou    3828 a string from the line. Some examples are found in
3664 ``core/oss/mixer_oss.c``, core/oss/and ``pcm_    3829 ``core/oss/mixer_oss.c``, core/oss/and ``pcm_oss.c``.
3665                                                  3830 
3666 For a raw-data proc-file, set the attributes  !! 3831 For a raw-data proc-file, set the attributes as follows:
                                                   >> 3832 
                                                   >> 3833 ::
3667                                                  3834 
3668   static const struct snd_info_entry_ops my_f !! 3835   static struct snd_info_entry_ops my_file_io_ops = {
3669           .read = my_file_io_read,               3836           .read = my_file_io_read,
3670   };                                             3837   };
3671                                                  3838 
3672   entry->content = SNDRV_INFO_CONTENT_DATA;      3839   entry->content = SNDRV_INFO_CONTENT_DATA;
3673   entry->private_data = chip;                    3840   entry->private_data = chip;
3674   entry->c.ops = &my_file_io_ops;                3841   entry->c.ops = &my_file_io_ops;
3675   entry->size = 4096;                            3842   entry->size = 4096;
3676   entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO;               3843   entry->mode = S_IFREG | S_IRUGO;
3677                                                  3844 
3678 For raw data, ``size`` field must be set prop !! 3845 For the raw data, ``size`` field must be set properly. This specifies
3679 the maximum size of the proc file access.        3846 the maximum size of the proc file access.
3680                                                  3847 
3681 The read/write callbacks of raw mode are more    3848 The read/write callbacks of raw mode are more direct than the text mode.
3682 You need to use a low-level I/O functions suc    3849 You need to use a low-level I/O functions such as
3683 :c:func:`copy_from_user()` and :c:func:`copy_ !! 3850 :c:func:`copy_from/to_user()` to transfer the data.
3684 data::                                        !! 3851 
                                                   >> 3852 ::
3685                                                  3853 
3686   static ssize_t my_file_io_read(struct snd_i    3854   static ssize_t my_file_io_read(struct snd_info_entry *entry,
3687                               void *file_priv    3855                               void *file_private_data,
3688                               struct file *fi    3856                               struct file *file,
3689                               char *buf,         3857                               char *buf,
3690                               size_t count,      3858                               size_t count,
3691                               loff_t pos)        3859                               loff_t pos)
3692   {                                              3860   {
3693           if (copy_to_user(buf, local_data +     3861           if (copy_to_user(buf, local_data + pos, count))
3694                   return -EFAULT;                3862                   return -EFAULT;
3695           return count;                          3863           return count;
3696   }                                              3864   }
3697                                                  3865 
3698 If the size of the info entry has been set up    3866 If the size of the info entry has been set up properly, ``count`` and
3699 ``pos`` are guaranteed to fit within 0 and th    3867 ``pos`` are guaranteed to fit within 0 and the given size. You don't
3700 have to check the range in the callbacks unle    3868 have to check the range in the callbacks unless any other condition is
3701 required.                                        3869 required.
3702                                                  3870 
3703 Power Management                                 3871 Power Management
3704 ================                                 3872 ================
3705                                                  3873 
3706 If the chip is supposed to work with suspend/    3874 If the chip is supposed to work with suspend/resume functions, you need
3707 to add power-management code to the driver. T    3875 to add power-management code to the driver. The additional code for
3708 power-management should be ifdef-ed with ``CO    3876 power-management should be ifdef-ed with ``CONFIG_PM``, or annotated
3709 with __maybe_unused attribute; otherwise the  !! 3877 with __maybe_unused attribute; otherwise the compiler will complain
                                                   >> 3878 you.
3710                                                  3879 
3711 If the driver *fully* supports suspend/resume    3880 If the driver *fully* supports suspend/resume that is, the device can be
3712 properly resumed to its state when suspend wa    3881 properly resumed to its state when suspend was called, you can set the
3713 ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag in the PCM inf !! 3882 ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag in the pcm info field. Usually, this is
3714 possible when the registers of the chip can b    3883 possible when the registers of the chip can be safely saved and restored
3715 to RAM. If this is set, the trigger callback     3884 to RAM. If this is set, the trigger callback is called with
3716 ``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME`` after the resume    3885 ``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME`` after the resume callback completes.
3717                                                  3886 
3718 Even if the driver doesn't support PM fully b    3887 Even if the driver doesn't support PM fully but partial suspend/resume
3719 is still possible, it's still worthy to imple    3888 is still possible, it's still worthy to implement suspend/resume
3720 callbacks. In such a case, applications would    3889 callbacks. In such a case, applications would reset the status by
3721 calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_prepare()` and resta    3890 calling :c:func:`snd_pcm_prepare()` and restart the stream
3722 appropriately. Hence, you can define suspend/    3891 appropriately. Hence, you can define suspend/resume callbacks below but
3723 don't set the ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` info  !! 3892 don't set ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` info flag to the PCM.
3724                                                  3893 
3725 Note that the trigger with SUSPEND can always    3894 Note that the trigger with SUSPEND can always be called when
3726 :c:func:`snd_pcm_suspend_all()` is called, re    3895 :c:func:`snd_pcm_suspend_all()` is called, regardless of the
3727 ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag. The ``RESUME`    3896 ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag. The ``RESUME`` flag affects only the
3728 behavior of :c:func:`snd_pcm_resume()`. (Thus    3897 behavior of :c:func:`snd_pcm_resume()`. (Thus, in theory,
3729 ``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME`` isn't needed to     3898 ``SNDRV_PCM_TRIGGER_RESUME`` isn't needed to be handled in the trigger
3730 callback when no ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` fl    3899 callback when no ``SNDRV_PCM_INFO_RESUME`` flag is set. But, it's better
3731 to keep it for compatibility reasons.)           3900 to keep it for compatibility reasons.)
3732                                                  3901 
3733 The driver needs to define the                !! 3902 In the earlier version of ALSA drivers, a common power-management layer
                                                   >> 3903 was provided, but it has been removed. The driver needs to define the
3734 suspend/resume hooks according to the bus the    3904 suspend/resume hooks according to the bus the device is connected to. In
3735 the case of PCI drivers, the callbacks look l !! 3905 the case of PCI drivers, the callbacks look like below:
                                                   >> 3906 
                                                   >> 3907 ::
3736                                                  3908 
3737   static int __maybe_unused snd_my_suspend(st    3909   static int __maybe_unused snd_my_suspend(struct device *dev)
3738   {                                              3910   {
3739           .... /* do things for suspend */       3911           .... /* do things for suspend */
3740           return 0;                              3912           return 0;
3741   }                                              3913   }
3742   static int __maybe_unused snd_my_resume(str    3914   static int __maybe_unused snd_my_resume(struct device *dev)
3743   {                                              3915   {
3744           .... /* do things for suspend */       3916           .... /* do things for suspend */
3745           return 0;                              3917           return 0;
3746   }                                              3918   }
3747                                                  3919 
3748 The scheme of the real suspend job is as foll !! 3920 The scheme of the real suspend job is as follows.
3749                                                  3921 
3750 1. Retrieve the card and the chip data.          3922 1. Retrieve the card and the chip data.
3751                                                  3923 
3752 2. Call :c:func:`snd_power_change_state()` wi    3924 2. Call :c:func:`snd_power_change_state()` with
3753    ``SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot`` to change the po    3925    ``SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot`` to change the power status.
3754                                                  3926 
3755 3. If AC97 codecs are used, call :c:func:`snd    3927 3. If AC97 codecs are used, call :c:func:`snd_ac97_suspend()` for
3756    each codec.                                   3928    each codec.
3757                                                  3929 
3758 4. Save the register values if necessary.        3930 4. Save the register values if necessary.
3759                                                  3931 
3760 5. Stop the hardware if necessary.               3932 5. Stop the hardware if necessary.
3761                                                  3933 
3762 Typical code would look like::                !! 3934 A typical code would be like:
                                                   >> 3935 
                                                   >> 3936 ::
3763                                                  3937 
3764   static int __maybe_unused mychip_suspend(st    3938   static int __maybe_unused mychip_suspend(struct device *dev)
3765   {                                              3939   {
3766           /* (1) */                              3940           /* (1) */
3767           struct snd_card *card = dev_get_drv    3941           struct snd_card *card = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
3768           struct mychip *chip = card->private    3942           struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
3769           /* (2) */                              3943           /* (2) */
3770           snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_    3944           snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D3hot);
3771           /* (3) */                              3945           /* (3) */
3772           snd_ac97_suspend(chip->ac97);          3946           snd_ac97_suspend(chip->ac97);
3773           /* (4) */                              3947           /* (4) */
3774           snd_mychip_save_registers(chip);       3948           snd_mychip_save_registers(chip);
3775           /* (5) */                              3949           /* (5) */
3776           snd_mychip_stop_hardware(chip);        3950           snd_mychip_stop_hardware(chip);
3777           return 0;                              3951           return 0;
3778   }                                              3952   }
3779                                                  3953 
3780                                                  3954 
3781 The scheme of the real resume job is as follo !! 3955 The scheme of the real resume job is as follows.
3782                                                  3956 
3783 1. Retrieve the card and the chip data.          3957 1. Retrieve the card and the chip data.
3784                                                  3958 
3785 2. Re-initialize the chip.                       3959 2. Re-initialize the chip.
3786                                                  3960 
3787 3. Restore the saved registers if necessary.     3961 3. Restore the saved registers if necessary.
3788                                                  3962 
3789 4. Resume the mixer, e.g. by calling :c:func: !! 3963 4. Resume the mixer, e.g. calling :c:func:`snd_ac97_resume()`.
3790                                                  3964 
3791 5. Restart the hardware (if any).                3965 5. Restart the hardware (if any).
3792                                                  3966 
3793 6. Call :c:func:`snd_power_change_state()` wi    3967 6. Call :c:func:`snd_power_change_state()` with
3794    ``SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0`` to notify the proce    3968    ``SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0`` to notify the processes.
3795                                                  3969 
3796 Typical code would look like::                !! 3970 A typical code would be like:
                                                   >> 3971 
                                                   >> 3972 ::
3797                                                  3973 
3798   static int __maybe_unused mychip_resume(str    3974   static int __maybe_unused mychip_resume(struct pci_dev *pci)
3799   {                                              3975   {
3800           /* (1) */                              3976           /* (1) */
3801           struct snd_card *card = dev_get_drv    3977           struct snd_card *card = dev_get_drvdata(dev);
3802           struct mychip *chip = card->private    3978           struct mychip *chip = card->private_data;
3803           /* (2) */                              3979           /* (2) */
3804           snd_mychip_reinit_chip(chip);          3980           snd_mychip_reinit_chip(chip);
3805           /* (3) */                              3981           /* (3) */
3806           snd_mychip_restore_registers(chip);    3982           snd_mychip_restore_registers(chip);
3807           /* (4) */                              3983           /* (4) */
3808           snd_ac97_resume(chip->ac97);           3984           snd_ac97_resume(chip->ac97);
3809           /* (5) */                              3985           /* (5) */
3810           snd_mychip_restart_chip(chip);         3986           snd_mychip_restart_chip(chip);
3811           /* (6) */                              3987           /* (6) */
3812           snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_    3988           snd_power_change_state(card, SNDRV_CTL_POWER_D0);
3813           return 0;                              3989           return 0;
3814   }                                              3990   }
3815                                                  3991 
3816 Note that, at the time this callback gets cal    3992 Note that, at the time this callback gets called, the PCM stream has
3817 been already suspended via its own PM ops cal    3993 been already suspended via its own PM ops calling
3818 :c:func:`snd_pcm_suspend_all()` internally.      3994 :c:func:`snd_pcm_suspend_all()` internally.
3819                                                  3995 
3820 OK, we have all callbacks now. Let's set them    3996 OK, we have all callbacks now. Let's set them up. In the initialization
3821 of the card, make sure that you can get the c    3997 of the card, make sure that you can get the chip data from the card
3822 instance, typically via ``private_data`` fiel    3998 instance, typically via ``private_data`` field, in case you created the
3823 chip data individually::                      !! 3999 chip data individually.
                                                   >> 4000 
                                                   >> 4001 ::
3824                                                  4002 
3825   static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev     4003   static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
3826                               const struct pc    4004                               const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
3827   {                                              4005   {
3828           ....                                   4006           ....
3829           struct snd_card *card;                 4007           struct snd_card *card;
3830           struct mychip *chip;                   4008           struct mychip *chip;
3831           int err;                               4009           int err;
3832           ....                                   4010           ....
3833           err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index    4011           err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
3834                              0, &card);          4012                              0, &card);
3835           ....                                   4013           ....
3836           chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_K    4014           chip = kzalloc(sizeof(*chip), GFP_KERNEL);
3837           ....                                   4015           ....
3838           card->private_data = chip;             4016           card->private_data = chip;
3839           ....                                   4017           ....
3840   }                                              4018   }
3841                                                  4019 
3842 When you created the chip data with :c:func:`    4020 When you created the chip data with :c:func:`snd_card_new()`, it's
3843 anyway accessible via ``private_data`` field: !! 4021 anyway accessible via ``private_data`` field.
                                                   >> 4022 
                                                   >> 4023 ::
3844                                                  4024 
3845   static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev     4025   static int snd_mychip_probe(struct pci_dev *pci,
3846                               const struct pc    4026                               const struct pci_device_id *pci_id)
3847   {                                              4027   {
3848           ....                                   4028           ....
3849           struct snd_card *card;                 4029           struct snd_card *card;
3850           struct mychip *chip;                   4030           struct mychip *chip;
3851           int err;                               4031           int err;
3852           ....                                   4032           ....
3853           err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index    4033           err = snd_card_new(&pci->dev, index[dev], id[dev], THIS_MODULE,
3854                              sizeof(struct my    4034                              sizeof(struct mychip), &card);
3855           ....                                   4035           ....
3856           chip = card->private_data;             4036           chip = card->private_data;
3857           ....                                   4037           ....
3858   }                                              4038   }
3859                                                  4039 
3860 If you need space to save the registers, allo !! 4040 If you need a space to save the registers, allocate the buffer for it
3861 here, too, since it would be fatal if you can    4041 here, too, since it would be fatal if you cannot allocate a memory in
3862 the suspend phase. The allocated buffer shoul    4042 the suspend phase. The allocated buffer should be released in the
3863 corresponding destructor.                        4043 corresponding destructor.
3864                                                  4044 
3865 And next, set suspend/resume callbacks to the !! 4045 And next, set suspend/resume callbacks to the pci_driver.
                                                   >> 4046 
                                                   >> 4047 ::
3866                                                  4048 
3867   static DEFINE_SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS(snd_my_pm_o !! 4049   static SIMPLE_DEV_PM_OPS(snd_my_pm_ops, mychip_suspend, mychip_resume);
3868                                                  4050 
3869   static struct pci_driver driver = {            4051   static struct pci_driver driver = {
3870           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,                4052           .name = KBUILD_MODNAME,
3871           .id_table = snd_my_ids,                4053           .id_table = snd_my_ids,
3872           .probe = snd_my_probe,                 4054           .probe = snd_my_probe,
3873           .remove = snd_my_remove,               4055           .remove = snd_my_remove,
3874           .driver = {                         !! 4056           .driver.pm = &snd_my_pm_ops,
3875                   .pm = &snd_my_pm_ops,       << 
3876           },                                  << 
3877   };                                             4057   };
3878                                                  4058 
3879 Module Parameters                                4059 Module Parameters
3880 =================                                4060 =================
3881                                                  4061 
3882 There are standard module options for ALSA. A    4062 There are standard module options for ALSA. At least, each module should
3883 have the ``index``, ``id`` and ``enable`` opt    4063 have the ``index``, ``id`` and ``enable`` options.
3884                                                  4064 
3885 If the module supports multiple cards (usuall    4065 If the module supports multiple cards (usually up to 8 = ``SNDRV_CARDS``
3886 cards), they should be arrays. The default in    4066 cards), they should be arrays. The default initial values are defined
3887 already as constants for easier programming:: !! 4067 already as constants for easier programming:
                                                   >> 4068 
                                                   >> 4069 ::
3888                                                  4070 
3889   static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAU    4071   static int index[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_IDX;
3890   static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAUL    4072   static char *id[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_STR;
3891   static int enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFA    4073   static int enable[SNDRV_CARDS] = SNDRV_DEFAULT_ENABLE_PNP;
3892                                                  4074 
3893 If the module supports only a single card, th    4075 If the module supports only a single card, they could be single
3894 variables, instead. ``enable`` option is not     4076 variables, instead. ``enable`` option is not always necessary in this
3895 case, but it would be better to have a dummy     4077 case, but it would be better to have a dummy option for compatibility.
3896                                                  4078 
3897 The module parameters must be declared with t    4079 The module parameters must be declared with the standard
3898 ``module_param()``, ``module_param_array()``     4080 ``module_param()``, ``module_param_array()`` and
3899 :c:func:`MODULE_PARM_DESC()` macros.             4081 :c:func:`MODULE_PARM_DESC()` macros.
3900                                                  4082 
3901 Typical code would look as below::            !! 4083 The typical coding would be like below:
                                                   >> 4084 
                                                   >> 4085 ::
3902                                                  4086 
3903   #define CARD_NAME "My Chip"                    4087   #define CARD_NAME "My Chip"
3904                                                  4088 
3905   module_param_array(index, int, NULL, 0444);    4089   module_param_array(index, int, NULL, 0444);
3906   MODULE_PARM_DESC(index, "Index value for "     4090   MODULE_PARM_DESC(index, "Index value for " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
3907   module_param_array(id, charp, NULL, 0444);     4091   module_param_array(id, charp, NULL, 0444);
3908   MODULE_PARM_DESC(id, "ID string for " CARD_    4092   MODULE_PARM_DESC(id, "ID string for " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
3909   module_param_array(enable, bool, NULL, 0444    4093   module_param_array(enable, bool, NULL, 0444);
3910   MODULE_PARM_DESC(enable, "Enable " CARD_NAM    4094   MODULE_PARM_DESC(enable, "Enable " CARD_NAME " soundcard.");
3911                                                  4095 
3912 Also, don't forget to define the module descr    4096 Also, don't forget to define the module description and the license.
3913 Especially, the recent modprobe requires to d    4097 Especially, the recent modprobe requires to define the
3914 module license as GPL, etc., otherwise the sy !! 4098 module license as GPL, etc., otherwise the system is shown as “tainted”.
                                                   >> 4099 
                                                   >> 4100 ::
3915                                                  4101 
3916   MODULE_DESCRIPTION("Sound driver for My Chi    4102   MODULE_DESCRIPTION("Sound driver for My Chip");
3917   MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");                         4103   MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
3918                                                  4104 
3919                                                  4105 
3920 Device-Managed Resources                      << 
3921 ========================                      << 
3922                                               << 
3923 In the examples above, all resources are allo << 
3924 manually.  But human beings are lazy in natur << 
3925 are lazier.  So there are some ways to automa << 
3926 the (device-)managed resources aka devres or  << 
3927 example, an object allocated via :c:func:`dev << 
3928 freed automatically at unbinding the device.  << 
3929                                               << 
3930 ALSA core provides also the device-managed he << 
3931 :c:func:`snd_devm_card_new()` for creating a  << 
3932 Call this functions instead of the normal :c: << 
3933 and you can forget the explicit :c:func:`snd_ << 
3934 it's called automagically at error and remova << 
3935                                               << 
3936 One caveat is that the call of :c:func:`snd_c << 
3937 at the beginning of the call chain only after << 
3938 :c:func:`snd_card_register()`.                << 
3939                                               << 
3940 Also, the ``private_free`` callback is always << 
3941 so be careful to put the hardware clean-up pr << 
3942 ``private_free`` callback.  It might be calle << 
3943 actually set up at an earlier error path.  Fo << 
3944 invalid initialization, you can set ``private << 
3945 :c:func:`snd_card_register()` call succeeds.  << 
3946                                               << 
3947 Another thing to be remarked is that you shou << 
3948 helpers for each component as much as possibl << 
3949 the card in that way.  Mixing up with the nor << 
3950 resources may screw up the release order.     << 
3951                                               << 
3952                                               << 
3953 How To Put Your Driver Into ALSA Tree            4106 How To Put Your Driver Into ALSA Tree
3954 =====================================            4107 =====================================
3955                                                  4108 
3956 General                                          4109 General
3957 -------                                          4110 -------
3958                                                  4111 
3959 So far, you've learned how to write the drive    4112 So far, you've learned how to write the driver codes. And you might have
3960 a question now: how to put my own driver into    4113 a question now: how to put my own driver into the ALSA driver tree? Here
3961 (finally :) the standard procedure is describ    4114 (finally :) the standard procedure is described briefly.
3962                                                  4115 
3963 Suppose that you create a new PCI driver for     4116 Suppose that you create a new PCI driver for the card “xyz”. The card
3964 module name would be snd-xyz. The new driver     4117 module name would be snd-xyz. The new driver is usually put into the
3965 alsa-driver tree, ``sound/pci`` directory in     4118 alsa-driver tree, ``sound/pci`` directory in the case of PCI
3966 cards.                                           4119 cards.
3967                                                  4120 
3968 In the following sections, the driver code is    4121 In the following sections, the driver code is supposed to be put into
3969 Linux kernel tree. The two cases are covered:    4122 Linux kernel tree. The two cases are covered: a driver consisting of a
3970 single source file and one consisting of seve    4123 single source file and one consisting of several source files.
3971                                                  4124 
3972 Driver with A Single Source File                 4125 Driver with A Single Source File
3973 --------------------------------                 4126 --------------------------------
3974                                                  4127 
3975 1. Modify sound/pci/Makefile                     4128 1. Modify sound/pci/Makefile
3976                                                  4129 
3977    Suppose you have a file xyz.c. Add the fol !! 4130    Suppose you have a file xyz.c. Add the following two lines
3978                                                  4131 
3979      snd-xyz-y := xyz.o                       !! 4132 ::
3980      obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o       << 
3981                                                  4133 
3982 2. Create the Kconfig entry                   !! 4134   snd-xyz-objs := xyz.o
                                                   >> 4135   obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o
3983                                                  4136 
3984    Add the new entry of Kconfig for your xyz  !! 4137 2. Create the Kconfig entry
3985                                                  4138 
3986      config SND_XYZ                           !! 4139    Add the new entry of Kconfig for your xyz driver. config SND_XYZ
3987        tristate "Foobar XYZ"                  !! 4140    tristate "Foobar XYZ" depends on SND select SND_PCM help Say Y here
3988        depends on SND                         !! 4141    to include support for Foobar XYZ soundcard. To compile this driver
3989        select SND_PCM                         !! 4142    as a module, choose M here: the module will be called snd-xyz. the
3990        help                                   !! 4143    line, select SND_PCM, specifies that the driver xyz supports PCM. In
3991          Say Y here to include support for Fo !! 4144    addition to SND_PCM, the following components are supported for
3992          To compile this driver as a module,  !! 4145    select command: SND_RAWMIDI, SND_TIMER, SND_HWDEP,
3993          the module will be called snd-xyz.   !! 4146    SND_MPU401_UART, SND_OPL3_LIB, SND_OPL4_LIB, SND_VX_LIB,
3994                                               !! 4147    SND_AC97_CODEC. Add the select command for each supported
3995 The line ``select SND_PCM`` specifies that th !! 4148    component.
3996 In addition to SND_PCM, the following compone !! 4149 
3997 select command: SND_RAWMIDI, SND_TIMER, SND_H !! 4150    Note that some selections imply the lowlevel selections. For example,
3998 SND_OPL3_LIB, SND_OPL4_LIB, SND_VX_LIB, SND_A !! 4151    PCM includes TIMER, MPU401_UART includes RAWMIDI, AC97_CODEC
3999 Add the select command for each supported com !! 4152    includes PCM, and OPL3_LIB includes HWDEP. You don't need to give
4000                                               !! 4153    the lowlevel selections again.
4001 Note that some selections imply the lowlevel  << 
4002 PCM includes TIMER, MPU401_UART includes RAWM << 
4003 includes PCM, and OPL3_LIB includes HWDEP. Yo << 
4004 the lowlevel selections again.                << 
4005                                                  4154 
4006 For the details of Kconfig script, refer to t !! 4155    For the details of Kconfig script, refer to the kbuild documentation.
4007                                                  4156 
4008 Drivers with Several Source Files                4157 Drivers with Several Source Files
4009 ---------------------------------                4158 ---------------------------------
4010                                                  4159 
4011 Suppose that the driver snd-xyz have several     4160 Suppose that the driver snd-xyz have several source files. They are
4012 located in the new subdirectory, sound/pci/xy    4161 located in the new subdirectory, sound/pci/xyz.
4013                                                  4162 
4014 1. Add a new directory (``sound/pci/xyz``) in    4163 1. Add a new directory (``sound/pci/xyz``) in ``sound/pci/Makefile``
4015    as below::                                 !! 4164    as below
4016                                                  4165 
4017      obj-$(CONFIG_SND) += sound/pci/xyz/      !! 4166 ::
4018                                                  4167 
                                                   >> 4168   obj-$(CONFIG_SND) += sound/pci/xyz/
4019                                                  4169 
4020 2. Under the directory ``sound/pci/xyz``, cre << 
4021                                                  4170 
4022          snd-xyz-y := xyz.o abc.o def.o       !! 4171 2. Under the directory ``sound/pci/xyz``, create a Makefile
                                                   >> 4172 
                                                   >> 4173 ::
                                                   >> 4174 
                                                   >> 4175          snd-xyz-objs := xyz.o abc.o def.o
4023          obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o      4176          obj-$(CONFIG_SND_XYZ) += snd-xyz.o
4024                                                  4177 
4025 3. Create the Kconfig entry                      4178 3. Create the Kconfig entry
4026                                                  4179 
4027    This procedure is as same as in the last s    4180    This procedure is as same as in the last section.
4028                                                  4181 
4029                                                  4182 
4030 Useful Functions                                 4183 Useful Functions
4031 ================                                 4184 ================
                                                   >> 4185 
                                                   >> 4186 :c:func:`snd_printk()` and friends
                                                   >> 4187 ----------------------------------
                                                   >> 4188 
                                                   >> 4189 .. note:: This subsection describes a few helper functions for
                                                   >> 4190    decorating a bit more on the standard :c:func:`printk()` & co.
                                                   >> 4191    However, in general, the use of such helpers is no longer recommended.
                                                   >> 4192    If possible, try to stick with the standard functions like
                                                   >> 4193    :c:func:`dev_err()` or :c:func:`pr_err()`.
                                                   >> 4194 
                                                   >> 4195 ALSA provides a verbose version of the :c:func:`printk()` function.
                                                   >> 4196 If a kernel config ``CONFIG_SND_VERBOSE_PRINTK`` is set, this function
                                                   >> 4197 prints the given message together with the file name and the line of the
                                                   >> 4198 caller. The ``KERN_XXX`` prefix is processed as well as the original
                                                   >> 4199 :c:func:`printk()` does, so it's recommended to add this prefix,
                                                   >> 4200 e.g. snd_printk(KERN_ERR "Oh my, sorry, it's extremely bad!\\n");
                                                   >> 4201 
                                                   >> 4202 There are also :c:func:`printk()`'s for debugging.
                                                   >> 4203 :c:func:`snd_printd()` can be used for general debugging purposes.
                                                   >> 4204 If ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG`` is set, this function is compiled, and works
                                                   >> 4205 just like :c:func:`snd_printk()`. If the ALSA is compiled without
                                                   >> 4206 the debugging flag, it's ignored.
                                                   >> 4207 
                                                   >> 4208 :c:func:`snd_printdd()` is compiled in only when
                                                   >> 4209 ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG_VERBOSE`` is set.
4032                                                  4210 
4033 :c:func:`snd_BUG()`                              4211 :c:func:`snd_BUG()`
4034 -------------------                              4212 -------------------
4035                                                  4213 
4036 It shows the ``BUG?`` message and stack trace    4214 It shows the ``BUG?`` message and stack trace as well as
4037 :c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()` at the point. It's use    4215 :c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()` at the point. It's useful to show that a
4038 fatal error happens there.                       4216 fatal error happens there.
4039                                                  4217 
4040 When no debug flag is set, this macro is igno    4218 When no debug flag is set, this macro is ignored.
4041                                                  4219 
4042 :c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()`                           4220 :c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()`
4043 ----------------------                           4221 ----------------------
4044                                                  4222 
4045 :c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()` macro is similar with     4223 :c:func:`snd_BUG_ON()` macro is similar with
4046 :c:func:`WARN_ON()` macro. For example, snd_B    4224 :c:func:`WARN_ON()` macro. For example, snd_BUG_ON(!pointer); or
4047 it can be used as the condition, if (snd_BUG_    4225 it can be used as the condition, if (snd_BUG_ON(non_zero_is_bug))
4048 return -EINVAL;                                  4226 return -EINVAL;
4049                                                  4227 
4050 The macro takes an conditional expression to     4228 The macro takes an conditional expression to evaluate. When
4051 ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG``, is set, if the expressi    4229 ``CONFIG_SND_DEBUG``, is set, if the expression is non-zero, it shows
4052 the warning message such as ``BUG? (xxx)`` no    4230 the warning message such as ``BUG? (xxx)`` normally followed by stack
4053 trace. In both cases it returns the evaluated    4231 trace. In both cases it returns the evaluated value.
4054                                                  4232 
4055 Acknowledgments                                  4233 Acknowledgments
4056 ===============                                  4234 ===============
4057                                                  4235 
4058 I would like to thank Phil Kerr for his help     4236 I would like to thank Phil Kerr for his help for improvement and
4059 corrections of this document.                    4237 corrections of this document.
4060                                                  4238 
4061 Kevin Conder reformatted the original plain-t    4239 Kevin Conder reformatted the original plain-text to the DocBook format.
4062                                                  4240 
4063 Giuliano Pochini corrected typos and contribu    4241 Giuliano Pochini corrected typos and contributed the example codes in
4064 the hardware constraints section.                4242 the hardware constraints section.
                                                      

~ [ source navigation ] ~ [ diff markup ] ~ [ identifier search ] ~

kernel.org | git.kernel.org | LWN.net | Project Home | SVN repository | Mail admin

Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.
TOMOYO® is a registered trademark of NTT DATA CORPORATION.

sflogo.php